* gcc.dg/compat/struct-layout-1_generate.c (dg_options): New. Moved
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / ada / exp_ch4.adb
blob9309c4850489519b9760c2e626e1a92735efa72d
1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 -- --
3 -- GNAT COMPILER COMPONENTS --
4 -- --
5 -- E X P _ C H 4 --
6 -- --
7 -- B o d y --
8 -- --
9 -- Copyright (C) 1992-2008, Free Software Foundation, Inc. --
10 -- --
11 -- GNAT is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under --
12 -- terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Soft- --
13 -- ware Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later ver- --
14 -- sion. GNAT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITH- --
15 -- OUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY --
16 -- or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License --
17 -- for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General --
18 -- Public License distributed with GNAT; see file COPYING3. If not, go to --
19 -- http://www.gnu.org/licenses for a complete copy of the license. --
20 -- --
21 -- GNAT was originally developed by the GNAT team at New York University. --
22 -- Extensive contributions were provided by Ada Core Technologies Inc. --
23 -- --
24 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26 with Atree; use Atree;
27 with Checks; use Checks;
28 with Einfo; use Einfo;
29 with Elists; use Elists;
30 with Errout; use Errout;
31 with Exp_Aggr; use Exp_Aggr;
32 with Exp_Atag; use Exp_Atag;
33 with Exp_Ch3; use Exp_Ch3;
34 with Exp_Ch6; use Exp_Ch6;
35 with Exp_Ch7; use Exp_Ch7;
36 with Exp_Ch9; use Exp_Ch9;
37 with Exp_Disp; use Exp_Disp;
38 with Exp_Fixd; use Exp_Fixd;
39 with Exp_Pakd; use Exp_Pakd;
40 with Exp_Tss; use Exp_Tss;
41 with Exp_Util; use Exp_Util;
42 with Exp_VFpt; use Exp_VFpt;
43 with Freeze; use Freeze;
44 with Inline; use Inline;
45 with Namet; use Namet;
46 with Nlists; use Nlists;
47 with Nmake; use Nmake;
48 with Opt; use Opt;
49 with Restrict; use Restrict;
50 with Rident; use Rident;
51 with Rtsfind; use Rtsfind;
52 with Sem; use Sem;
53 with Sem_Cat; use Sem_Cat;
54 with Sem_Ch3; use Sem_Ch3;
55 with Sem_Ch8; use Sem_Ch8;
56 with Sem_Ch13; use Sem_Ch13;
57 with Sem_Eval; use Sem_Eval;
58 with Sem_Res; use Sem_Res;
59 with Sem_Type; use Sem_Type;
60 with Sem_Util; use Sem_Util;
61 with Sem_Warn; use Sem_Warn;
62 with Sinfo; use Sinfo;
63 with Snames; use Snames;
64 with Stand; use Stand;
65 with Targparm; use Targparm;
66 with Tbuild; use Tbuild;
67 with Ttypes; use Ttypes;
68 with Uintp; use Uintp;
69 with Urealp; use Urealp;
70 with Validsw; use Validsw;
72 package body Exp_Ch4 is
74 -----------------------
75 -- Local Subprograms --
76 -----------------------
78 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id);
79 pragma Inline (Binary_Op_Validity_Checks);
80 -- Performs validity checks for a binary operator
82 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
83 (N : Node_Id;
84 Op1 : Node_Id;
85 Op2 : Node_Id);
86 -- If a boolean array assignment can be done in place, build call to
87 -- corresponding library procedure.
89 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N : Node_Id);
90 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Subsidiary procedure to Expand_N_Allocator and
91 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression. Allocating class-wide interface objects
92 -- this routine displaces the pointer to the allocated object to reference
93 -- the component referencing the corresponding secondary dispatch table.
95 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression (N : Node_Id);
96 -- Subsidiary to Expand_N_Allocator, for the case when the expression
97 -- is a qualified expression or an aggregate.
99 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison (N : Node_Id);
100 -- This routine handles expansion of the comparison operators (N_Op_Lt,
101 -- N_Op_Le, N_Op_Gt, N_Op_Ge) when operating on an array type. The basic
102 -- code for these operators is similar, differing only in the details of
103 -- the actual comparison call that is made. Special processing (call a
104 -- run-time routine)
106 function Expand_Array_Equality
107 (Nod : Node_Id;
108 Lhs : Node_Id;
109 Rhs : Node_Id;
110 Bodies : List_Id;
111 Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
112 -- Expand an array equality into a call to a function implementing this
113 -- equality, and a call to it. Loc is the location for the generated nodes.
114 -- Lhs and Rhs are the array expressions to be compared. Bodies is a list
115 -- on which to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the
116 -- process. It is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies
117 -- at the right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for the generated code.
118 -- Normally the types used for the generated equality routine are taken
119 -- from Lhs and Rhs. However, in some situations of generated code, the
120 -- Etype fields of Lhs and Rhs are not set yet. In such cases, Typ supplies
121 -- the type to be used for the formal parameters.
123 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator (N : Node_Id);
124 -- Common expansion processing for Boolean operators (And, Or, Xor) for the
125 -- case of array type arguments.
127 function Expand_Composite_Equality
128 (Nod : Node_Id;
129 Typ : Entity_Id;
130 Lhs : Node_Id;
131 Rhs : Node_Id;
132 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id;
133 -- Local recursive function used to expand equality for nested composite
134 -- types. Used by Expand_Record/Array_Equality, Bodies is a list on which
135 -- to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the process.
136 -- This is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies at the
137 -- right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for generated code. Lhs and Rhs
138 -- are the left and right sides for the comparison, and Typ is the type of
139 -- the arrays to compare.
141 procedure Expand_Concatenate_Other (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id);
142 -- This routine handles expansion of concatenation operations, where N is
143 -- the N_Op_Concat node being expanded and Operands is the list of operands
144 -- (at least two are present). The caller has dealt with converting any
145 -- singleton operands into singleton aggregates.
147 procedure Expand_Concatenate_String (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id);
148 -- Routine to expand concatenation of 2-5 operands (in the list Operands)
149 -- and replace node Cnode with the result of the concatenation. If there
150 -- are two operands, they can be string or character. If there are more
151 -- than two operands, then are always of type string (i.e. the caller has
152 -- already converted character operands to strings in this case).
154 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N : Node_Id);
155 -- N is a N_Op_Divide or N_Op_Multiply node whose result is universal
156 -- fixed. We do not have such a type at runtime, so the purpose of this
157 -- routine is to find the real type by looking up the tree. We also
158 -- determine if the operation must be rounded.
160 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
161 (N : Node_Id;
162 T : Entity_Id;
163 PtrT : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id;
164 -- If the designated type is controlled, build final_list expression for
165 -- created object. If context is an access parameter, create a local access
166 -- type to have a usable finalization list.
168 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
169 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): A view of an Unchecked_Union object has inferable
170 -- discriminants if it has a constrained nominal type, unless the object
171 -- is a component of an enclosing Unchecked_Union object that is subject
172 -- to a per-object constraint and the enclosing object lacks inferable
173 -- discriminants.
175 -- An expression of an Unchecked_Union type has inferable discriminants
176 -- if it is either a name of an object with inferable discriminants or a
177 -- qualified expression whose subtype mark denotes a constrained subtype.
179 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action (N : Node_Id);
180 -- N is an expression whose type is an access. When the type of the
181 -- associated storage pool is derived from Checked_Pool, generate a
182 -- call to the 'Dereference' primitive operation.
184 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
185 (Typ : Entity_Id;
186 Nod : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
187 -- Comparisons between arrays are expanded in line. This function produces
188 -- the body of the implementation of (a > b), where a and b are one-
189 -- dimensional arrays of some discrete type. The original node is then
190 -- expanded into the appropriate call to this function. Nod provides the
191 -- Sloc value for the generated code.
193 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
194 (Typ : Entity_Id;
195 N : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
196 -- Boolean operations on boolean arrays are expanded in line. This function
197 -- produce the body for the node N, which is (a and b), (a or b), or (a xor
198 -- b). It is used only the normal case and not the packed case. The type
199 -- involved, Typ, is the Boolean array type, and the logical operations in
200 -- the body are simple boolean operations. Note that Typ is always a
201 -- constrained type (the caller has ensured this by using
202 -- Convert_To_Actual_Subtype if necessary).
204 procedure Rewrite_Comparison (N : Node_Id);
205 -- If N is the node for a comparison whose outcome can be determined at
206 -- compile time, then the node N can be rewritten with True or False. If
207 -- the outcome cannot be determined at compile time, the call has no
208 -- effect. If N is a type conversion, then this processing is applied to
209 -- its expression. If N is neither comparison nor a type conversion, the
210 -- call has no effect.
212 function Tagged_Membership (N : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
213 -- Construct the expression corresponding to the tagged membership test.
214 -- Deals with a second operand being (or not) a class-wide type.
216 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
217 (Lhs : Node_Id;
218 Op1 : Node_Id;
219 Op2 : Node_Id) return Boolean;
220 -- In the context of an assignment, where the right-hand side is a boolean
221 -- operation on arrays, check whether operation can be performed in place.
223 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id);
224 pragma Inline (Unary_Op_Validity_Checks);
225 -- Performs validity checks for a unary operator
227 -------------------------------
228 -- Binary_Op_Validity_Checks --
229 -------------------------------
231 procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id) is
232 begin
233 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
234 Ensure_Valid (Left_Opnd (N));
235 Ensure_Valid (Right_Opnd (N));
236 end if;
237 end Binary_Op_Validity_Checks;
239 ------------------------------------
240 -- Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call --
241 ------------------------------------
243 procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
244 (N : Node_Id;
245 Op1 : Node_Id;
246 Op2 : Node_Id)
248 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
249 Kind : constant Node_Kind := Nkind (Expression (N));
250 Target : constant Node_Id :=
251 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
252 Prefix => Name (N),
253 Attribute_Name => Name_Address);
255 Arg1 : constant Node_Id := Op1;
256 Arg2 : Node_Id := Op2;
257 Call_Node : Node_Id;
258 Proc_Name : Entity_Id;
260 begin
261 if Kind = N_Op_Not then
262 if Nkind (Op1) in N_Binary_Op then
264 -- Use negated version of the binary operators
266 if Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_And then
267 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nand);
269 elsif Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Or then
270 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nor);
272 else pragma Assert (Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Xor);
273 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
274 end if;
276 Call_Node :=
277 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
278 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
280 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
281 Target,
282 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
283 Prefix => Left_Opnd (Op1),
284 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
286 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
287 Prefix => Right_Opnd (Op1),
288 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
290 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
291 Prefix => Left_Opnd (Op1),
292 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
294 else
295 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Not);
297 Call_Node :=
298 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
299 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
300 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
301 Target,
303 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
304 Prefix => Op1,
305 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
307 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
308 Prefix => Op1,
309 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
310 end if;
312 else
313 -- We use the following equivalences:
315 -- (not X) or (not Y) = not (X and Y) = Nand (X, Y)
316 -- (not X) and (not Y) = not (X or Y) = Nor (X, Y)
317 -- (not X) xor (not Y) = X xor Y
318 -- X xor (not Y) = not (X xor Y) = Nxor (X, Y)
320 if Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Not then
321 if Kind = N_Op_And then
322 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nor);
324 elsif Kind = N_Op_Or then
325 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nand);
327 else
328 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
329 end if;
331 else
332 if Kind = N_Op_And then
333 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_And);
335 elsif Kind = N_Op_Or then
336 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Or);
338 elsif Nkind (Op2) = N_Op_Not then
339 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nxor);
340 Arg2 := Right_Opnd (Op2);
342 else
343 Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
344 end if;
345 end if;
347 Call_Node :=
348 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
349 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
350 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
351 Target,
352 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
353 Prefix => Arg1,
354 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
355 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
356 Prefix => Arg2,
357 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
358 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
359 Prefix => Op1,
360 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
361 end if;
363 Rewrite (N, Call_Node);
364 Analyze (N);
366 exception
367 when RE_Not_Available =>
368 return;
369 end Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call;
371 --------------------------------
372 -- Displace_Allocator_Pointer --
373 --------------------------------
375 procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N : Node_Id) is
376 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
377 Orig_Node : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (N);
378 Dtyp : Entity_Id;
379 Etyp : Entity_Id;
380 PtrT : Entity_Id;
382 begin
383 -- Do nothing in case of VM targets: the virtual machine will handle
384 -- interfaces directly.
386 if VM_Target /= No_VM then
387 return;
388 end if;
390 pragma Assert (Nkind (N) = N_Identifier
391 and then Nkind (Orig_Node) = N_Allocator);
393 PtrT := Etype (Orig_Node);
394 Dtyp := Designated_Type (PtrT);
395 Etyp := Etype (Expression (Orig_Node));
397 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Dtyp)
398 and then Is_Interface (Dtyp)
399 then
400 -- If the type of the allocator expression is not an interface type
401 -- we can generate code to reference the record component containing
402 -- the pointer to the secondary dispatch table.
404 if not Is_Interface (Etyp) then
405 declare
406 Saved_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Orig_Node);
408 begin
409 -- 1) Get access to the allocated object
411 Rewrite (N,
412 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
413 Relocate_Node (N)));
414 Set_Etype (N, Etyp);
415 Set_Analyzed (N);
417 -- 2) Add the conversion to displace the pointer to reference
418 -- the secondary dispatch table.
420 Rewrite (N, Convert_To (Dtyp, Relocate_Node (N)));
421 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Dtyp);
423 -- 3) The 'access to the secondary dispatch table will be used
424 -- as the value returned by the allocator.
426 Rewrite (N,
427 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
428 Prefix => Relocate_Node (N),
429 Attribute_Name => Name_Access));
430 Set_Etype (N, Saved_Typ);
431 Set_Analyzed (N);
432 end;
434 -- If the type of the allocator expression is an interface type we
435 -- generate a run-time call to displace "this" to reference the
436 -- component containing the pointer to the secondary dispatch table
437 -- or else raise Constraint_Error if the actual object does not
438 -- implement the target interface. This case corresponds with the
439 -- following example:
441 -- function Op (Obj : Iface_1'Class) return access Iface_2'Class is
442 -- begin
443 -- return new Iface_2'Class'(Obj);
444 -- end Op;
446 else
447 Rewrite (N,
448 Unchecked_Convert_To (PtrT,
449 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
450 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Displace), Loc),
451 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
452 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Address),
453 Relocate_Node (N)),
455 New_Occurrence_Of
456 (Elists.Node
457 (First_Elmt
458 (Access_Disp_Table (Etype (Base_Type (Dtyp))))),
459 Loc)))));
460 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
461 end if;
462 end if;
463 end Displace_Allocator_Pointer;
465 ---------------------------------
466 -- Expand_Allocator_Expression --
467 ---------------------------------
469 procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
470 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
471 Exp : constant Node_Id := Expression (Expression (N));
472 PtrT : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
473 DesigT : constant Entity_Id := Designated_Type (PtrT);
475 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
476 (Ref : Node_Id;
477 Built_In_Place : Boolean := False);
478 -- Ada 2005 (AI-344): For an allocator with a class-wide designated
479 -- type, generate an accessibility check to verify that the level of the
480 -- type of the created object is not deeper than the level of the access
481 -- type. If the type of the qualified expression is class- wide, then
482 -- always generate the check (except in the case where it is known to be
483 -- unnecessary, see comment below). Otherwise, only generate the check
484 -- if the level of the qualified expression type is statically deeper
485 -- than the access type.
487 -- Although the static accessibility will generally have been performed
488 -- as a legality check, it won't have been done in cases where the
489 -- allocator appears in generic body, so a run-time check is needed in
490 -- general. One special case is when the access type is declared in the
491 -- same scope as the class-wide allocator, in which case the check can
492 -- never fail, so it need not be generated.
494 -- As an open issue, there seem to be cases where the static level
495 -- associated with the class-wide object's underlying type is not
496 -- sufficient to perform the proper accessibility check, such as for
497 -- allocators in nested subprograms or accept statements initialized by
498 -- class-wide formals when the actual originates outside at a deeper
499 -- static level. The nested subprogram case might require passing
500 -- accessibility levels along with class-wide parameters, and the task
501 -- case seems to be an actual gap in the language rules that needs to
502 -- be fixed by the ARG. ???
504 -------------------------------
505 -- Apply_Accessibility_Check --
506 -------------------------------
508 procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
509 (Ref : Node_Id;
510 Built_In_Place : Boolean := False)
512 Ref_Node : Node_Id;
514 begin
515 -- Note: we skip the accessibility check for the VM case, since
516 -- there does not seem to be any practical way of implementing it.
518 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
519 and then VM_Target = No_VM
520 and then Is_Class_Wide_Type (DesigT)
521 and then not Scope_Suppress (Accessibility_Check)
522 and then
523 (Type_Access_Level (Etype (Exp)) > Type_Access_Level (PtrT)
524 or else
525 (Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Exp))
526 and then Scope (PtrT) /= Current_Scope))
527 then
528 -- If the allocator was built in place Ref is already a reference
529 -- to the access object initialized to the result of the allocator
530 -- (see Exp_Ch6.Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator). Otherwise
531 -- it is the entity associated with the object containing the
532 -- address of the allocated object.
534 if Built_In_Place then
535 Ref_Node := New_Copy (Ref);
536 else
537 Ref_Node := New_Reference_To (Ref, Loc);
538 end if;
540 Insert_Action (N,
541 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
542 Condition =>
543 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
544 Left_Opnd =>
545 Build_Get_Access_Level (Loc,
546 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
547 Prefix => Ref_Node,
548 Attribute_Name => Name_Tag)),
549 Right_Opnd =>
550 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
551 Type_Access_Level (PtrT))),
552 Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
553 end if;
554 end Apply_Accessibility_Check;
556 -- Local variables
558 Indic : constant Node_Id := Subtype_Mark (Expression (N));
559 T : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Indic);
560 Flist : Node_Id;
561 Node : Node_Id;
562 Temp : Entity_Id;
564 TagT : Entity_Id := Empty;
565 -- Type used as source for tag assignment
567 TagR : Node_Id := Empty;
568 -- Target reference for tag assignment
570 Aggr_In_Place : constant Boolean := Is_Delayed_Aggregate (Exp);
572 Tag_Assign : Node_Id;
573 Tmp_Node : Node_Id;
575 -- Start of processing for Expand_Allocator_Expression
577 begin
578 if Is_Tagged_Type (T) or else Needs_Finalization (T) then
580 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
581 -- to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
582 -- must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
583 -- to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
584 -- we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
585 -- as build-in-place.
587 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
588 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Exp)
589 then
590 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator (N, Exp);
591 Apply_Accessibility_Check (N, Built_In_Place => True);
592 return;
593 end if;
595 -- Actions inserted before:
596 -- Temp : constant ptr_T := new T'(Expression);
597 -- <no CW> Temp._tag := T'tag;
598 -- <CTRL> Adjust (Finalizable (Temp.all));
599 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
601 -- We analyze by hand the new internal allocator to avoid
602 -- any recursion and inappropriate call to Initialize
604 -- We don't want to remove side effects when the expression must be
605 -- built in place. In the case of a build-in-place function call,
606 -- that could lead to a duplication of the call, which was already
607 -- substituted for the allocator.
609 if not Aggr_In_Place then
610 Remove_Side_Effects (Exp);
611 end if;
613 Temp :=
614 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
616 -- For a class wide allocation generate the following code:
618 -- type Equiv_Record is record ... end record;
619 -- implicit subtype CW is <Class_Wide_Subytpe>;
620 -- temp : PtrT := new CW'(CW!(expr));
622 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (T) then
623 Expand_Subtype_From_Expr (Empty, T, Indic, Exp);
625 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the expression is a class-wide interface
626 -- object we generate code to move up "this" to reference the
627 -- base of the object before allocating the new object.
629 -- Note that Exp'Address is recursively expanded into a call
630 -- to Base_Address (Exp.Tag)
632 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Exp))
633 and then Is_Interface (Etype (Exp))
634 and then VM_Target = No_VM
635 then
636 Set_Expression
637 (Expression (N),
638 Unchecked_Convert_To (Entity (Indic),
639 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
640 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Tag_Ptr),
641 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
642 Prefix => Exp,
643 Attribute_Name => Name_Address)))));
645 else
646 Set_Expression
647 (Expression (N),
648 Unchecked_Convert_To (Entity (Indic), Exp));
649 end if;
651 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (N), Entity (Indic));
652 end if;
654 -- Keep separate the management of allocators returning interfaces
656 if not Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
657 if Aggr_In_Place then
658 Tmp_Node :=
659 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
660 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
661 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
662 Expression =>
663 Make_Allocator (Loc,
664 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
666 Set_Comes_From_Source
667 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
669 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
670 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
672 if Needs_Finalization (T)
673 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
674 then
675 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
677 Flist := Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
678 end if;
680 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
681 else
682 Node := Relocate_Node (N);
683 Set_Analyzed (Node);
684 Insert_Action (N,
685 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
686 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
687 Constant_Present => True,
688 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
689 Expression => Node));
690 end if;
692 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle allocators whose designated type is an
693 -- interface type. In this case we use the type of the qualified
694 -- expression to allocate the object.
696 else
697 declare
698 Def_Id : constant Entity_Id :=
699 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
700 New_Internal_Name ('T'));
701 New_Decl : Node_Id;
703 begin
704 New_Decl :=
705 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
706 Defining_Identifier => Def_Id,
707 Type_Definition =>
708 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
709 All_Present => True,
710 Null_Exclusion_Present => False,
711 Constant_Present => False,
712 Subtype_Indication =>
713 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
715 Insert_Action (N, New_Decl);
717 -- Inherit the final chain to ensure that the expansion of the
718 -- aggregate is correct in case of controlled types
720 if Needs_Finalization (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
721 Set_Associated_Final_Chain (Def_Id,
722 Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT));
723 end if;
725 -- Declare the object using the previous type declaration
727 if Aggr_In_Place then
728 Tmp_Node :=
729 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
730 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
731 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Def_Id, Loc),
732 Expression =>
733 Make_Allocator (Loc,
734 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
736 Set_Comes_From_Source
737 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
739 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
740 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
742 if Needs_Finalization (T)
743 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
744 then
745 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
747 Flist :=
748 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
749 end if;
751 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
752 else
753 Node := Relocate_Node (N);
754 Set_Analyzed (Node);
755 Insert_Action (N,
756 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
757 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
758 Constant_Present => True,
759 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Def_Id, Loc),
760 Expression => Node));
761 end if;
763 -- Generate an additional object containing the address of the
764 -- returned object. The type of this second object declaration
765 -- is the correct type required for the common processing that
766 -- is still performed by this subprogram. The displacement of
767 -- this pointer to reference the component associated with the
768 -- interface type will be done at the end of common processing.
770 New_Decl :=
771 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
772 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
773 New_Internal_Name ('P')),
774 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
775 Expression => Unchecked_Convert_To (PtrT,
776 New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)));
778 Insert_Action (N, New_Decl);
780 Tmp_Node := New_Decl;
781 Temp := Defining_Identifier (New_Decl);
782 end;
783 end if;
785 Apply_Accessibility_Check (Temp);
787 -- Generate the tag assignment
789 -- Suppress the tag assignment when VM_Target because VM tags are
790 -- represented implicitly in objects.
792 if VM_Target /= No_VM then
793 null;
795 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Suppress the tag assignment with class-wide
796 -- interface objects because in this case the tag does not change.
798 elsif Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (N))) then
799 pragma Assert (Is_Class_Wide_Type
800 (Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (N))));
801 null;
803 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (T) and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (T) then
804 TagT := T;
805 TagR := New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc);
807 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
808 and then Is_Tagged_Type (Underlying_Type (T))
809 then
810 TagT := Underlying_Type (T);
811 TagR :=
812 Unchecked_Convert_To (Underlying_Type (T),
813 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
814 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)));
815 end if;
817 if Present (TagT) then
818 Tag_Assign :=
819 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
820 Name =>
821 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
822 Prefix => TagR,
823 Selector_Name =>
824 New_Reference_To (First_Tag_Component (TagT), Loc)),
826 Expression =>
827 Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Tag),
828 New_Reference_To
829 (Elists.Node (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (TagT))),
830 Loc)));
832 -- The previous assignment has to be done in any case
834 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (Tag_Assign));
835 Insert_Action (N, Tag_Assign);
836 end if;
838 if Needs_Finalization (DesigT)
839 and then Needs_Finalization (T)
840 then
841 declare
842 Attach : Node_Id;
843 Apool : constant Entity_Id :=
844 Associated_Storage_Pool (PtrT);
846 begin
847 -- If it is an allocation on the secondary stack (i.e. a value
848 -- returned from a function), the object is attached on the
849 -- caller side as soon as the call is completed (see
850 -- Expand_Ctrl_Function_Call)
852 if Is_RTE (Apool, RE_SS_Pool) then
853 declare
854 F : constant Entity_Id :=
855 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
856 New_Internal_Name ('F'));
857 begin
858 Insert_Action (N,
859 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
860 Defining_Identifier => F,
861 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (RTE
862 (RE_Finalizable_Ptr), Loc)));
864 Flist := New_Reference_To (F, Loc);
865 Attach := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1);
866 end;
868 -- Normal case, not a secondary stack allocation
870 else
871 if Needs_Finalization (T)
872 and then Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
873 then
874 -- Create local finalization list for access parameter
876 Flist :=
877 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
878 else
879 Flist := Find_Final_List (PtrT);
880 end if;
882 Attach := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 2);
883 end if;
885 -- Generate an Adjust call if the object will be moved. In Ada
886 -- 2005, the object may be inherently limited, in which case
887 -- there is no Adjust procedure, and the object is built in
888 -- place. In Ada 95, the object can be limited but not
889 -- inherently limited if this allocator came from a return
890 -- statement (we're allocating the result on the secondary
891 -- stack). In that case, the object will be moved, so we _do_
892 -- want to Adjust.
894 if not Aggr_In_Place
895 and then not Is_Inherently_Limited_Type (T)
896 then
897 Insert_Actions (N,
898 Make_Adjust_Call (
899 Ref =>
901 -- An unchecked conversion is needed in the classwide
902 -- case because the designated type can be an ancestor of
903 -- the subtype mark of the allocator.
905 Unchecked_Convert_To (T,
906 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
907 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc))),
909 Typ => T,
910 Flist_Ref => Flist,
911 With_Attach => Attach,
912 Allocator => True));
913 end if;
914 end;
915 end if;
917 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
918 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
920 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Displace the pointer to reference the record
921 -- component containing the secondary dispatch table of the interface
922 -- type.
924 if Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
925 Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N);
926 end if;
928 elsif Aggr_In_Place then
929 Temp :=
930 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
931 Tmp_Node :=
932 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
933 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
934 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
935 Expression => Make_Allocator (Loc,
936 New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
938 Set_Comes_From_Source
939 (Expression (Tmp_Node), Comes_From_Source (N));
941 Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Tmp_Node));
942 Insert_Action (N, Tmp_Node);
943 Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Tmp_Node, Exp);
944 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
945 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
947 elsif Is_Access_Type (T)
948 and then Can_Never_Be_Null (T)
949 then
950 Install_Null_Excluding_Check (Exp);
952 elsif Is_Access_Type (DesigT)
953 and then Nkind (Exp) = N_Allocator
954 and then Nkind (Expression (Exp)) /= N_Qualified_Expression
955 then
956 -- Apply constraint to designated subtype indication
958 Apply_Constraint_Check (Expression (Exp),
959 Designated_Type (DesigT),
960 No_Sliding => True);
962 if Nkind (Expression (Exp)) = N_Raise_Constraint_Error then
964 -- Propagate constraint_error to enclosing allocator
966 Rewrite (Exp, New_Copy (Expression (Exp)));
967 end if;
968 else
969 -- First check against the type of the qualified expression
971 -- NOTE: The commented call should be correct, but for some reason
972 -- causes the compiler to bomb (sigsegv) on ACVC test c34007g, so for
973 -- now we just perform the old (incorrect) test against the
974 -- designated subtype with no sliding in the else part of the if
975 -- statement below. ???
977 -- Apply_Constraint_Check (Exp, T, No_Sliding => True);
979 -- A check is also needed in cases where the designated subtype is
980 -- constrained and differs from the subtype given in the qualified
981 -- expression. Note that the check on the qualified expression does
982 -- not allow sliding, but this check does (a relaxation from Ada 83).
984 if Is_Constrained (DesigT)
985 and then not Subtypes_Statically_Match (T, DesigT)
986 then
987 Apply_Constraint_Check
988 (Exp, DesigT, No_Sliding => False);
990 -- The nonsliding check should really be performed (unconditionally)
991 -- against the subtype of the qualified expression, but that causes a
992 -- problem with c34007g (see above), so for now we retain this.
994 else
995 Apply_Constraint_Check
996 (Exp, DesigT, No_Sliding => True);
997 end if;
999 -- For an access to unconstrained packed array, GIGI needs to see an
1000 -- expression with a constrained subtype in order to compute the
1001 -- proper size for the allocator.
1003 if Is_Array_Type (T)
1004 and then not Is_Constrained (T)
1005 and then Is_Packed (T)
1006 then
1007 declare
1008 ConstrT : constant Entity_Id :=
1009 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
1010 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('A'));
1011 Internal_Exp : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Exp);
1012 begin
1013 Insert_Action (Exp,
1014 Make_Subtype_Declaration (Loc,
1015 Defining_Identifier => ConstrT,
1016 Subtype_Indication =>
1017 Make_Subtype_From_Expr (Exp, T)));
1018 Freeze_Itype (ConstrT, Exp);
1019 Rewrite (Exp, OK_Convert_To (ConstrT, Internal_Exp));
1020 end;
1021 end if;
1023 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
1024 -- to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
1025 -- must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
1026 -- to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
1027 -- we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
1028 -- as build-in-place.
1030 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
1031 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Exp)
1032 then
1033 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator (N, Exp);
1034 end if;
1035 end if;
1037 exception
1038 when RE_Not_Available =>
1039 return;
1040 end Expand_Allocator_Expression;
1042 -----------------------------
1043 -- Expand_Array_Comparison --
1044 -----------------------------
1046 -- Expansion is only required in the case of array types. For the unpacked
1047 -- case, an appropriate runtime routine is called. For packed cases, and
1048 -- also in some other cases where a runtime routine cannot be called, the
1049 -- form of the expansion is:
1051 -- [body for greater_nn; boolean_expression]
1053 -- The body is built by Make_Array_Comparison_Op, and the form of the
1054 -- Boolean expression depends on the operator involved.
1056 procedure Expand_Array_Comparison (N : Node_Id) is
1057 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
1058 Op1 : Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
1059 Op2 : Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
1060 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
1061 Ctyp : constant Entity_Id := Component_Type (Typ1);
1063 Expr : Node_Id;
1064 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1065 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1067 Comp : RE_Id;
1069 Byte_Addressable : constant Boolean := System_Storage_Unit = Byte'Size;
1070 -- True for byte addressable target
1072 function Length_Less_Than_4 (Opnd : Node_Id) return Boolean;
1073 -- Returns True if the length of the given operand is known to be less
1074 -- than 4. Returns False if this length is known to be four or greater
1075 -- or is not known at compile time.
1077 ------------------------
1078 -- Length_Less_Than_4 --
1079 ------------------------
1081 function Length_Less_Than_4 (Opnd : Node_Id) return Boolean is
1082 Otyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Opnd);
1084 begin
1085 if Ekind (Otyp) = E_String_Literal_Subtype then
1086 return String_Literal_Length (Otyp) < 4;
1088 else
1089 declare
1090 Ityp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Index (Otyp));
1091 Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Ityp);
1092 Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Ityp);
1093 Lov : Uint;
1094 Hiv : Uint;
1096 begin
1097 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo) then
1098 Lov := Expr_Value (Lo);
1099 else
1100 return False;
1101 end if;
1103 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi) then
1104 Hiv := Expr_Value (Hi);
1105 else
1106 return False;
1107 end if;
1109 return Hiv < Lov + 3;
1110 end;
1111 end if;
1112 end Length_Less_Than_4;
1114 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Comparison
1116 begin
1117 -- Deal first with unpacked case, where we can call a runtime routine
1118 -- except that we avoid this for targets for which are not addressable
1119 -- by bytes, and for the JVM/CIL, since they do not support direct
1120 -- addressing of array components.
1122 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ1)
1123 and then Byte_Addressable
1124 and then VM_Target = No_VM
1125 then
1126 -- The call we generate is:
1128 -- Compare_Array_xn[_Unaligned]
1129 -- (left'address, right'address, left'length, right'length) <op> 0
1131 -- x = U for unsigned, S for signed
1132 -- n = 8,16,32,64 for component size
1133 -- Add _Unaligned if length < 4 and component size is 8.
1134 -- <op> is the standard comparison operator
1136 if Component_Size (Typ1) = 8 then
1137 if Length_Less_Than_4 (Op1)
1138 or else
1139 Length_Less_Than_4 (Op2)
1140 then
1141 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1142 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U8_Unaligned;
1143 else
1144 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S8_Unaligned;
1145 end if;
1147 else
1148 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1149 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U8;
1150 else
1151 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S8;
1152 end if;
1153 end if;
1155 elsif Component_Size (Typ1) = 16 then
1156 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1157 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U16;
1158 else
1159 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S16;
1160 end if;
1162 elsif Component_Size (Typ1) = 32 then
1163 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1164 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U32;
1165 else
1166 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S32;
1167 end if;
1169 else pragma Assert (Component_Size (Typ1) = 64);
1170 if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1171 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U64;
1172 else
1173 Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S64;
1174 end if;
1175 end if;
1177 Remove_Side_Effects (Op1, Name_Req => True);
1178 Remove_Side_Effects (Op2, Name_Req => True);
1180 Rewrite (Op1,
1181 Make_Function_Call (Sloc (Op1),
1182 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (Comp), Loc),
1184 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
1185 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1186 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op1),
1187 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
1189 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1190 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op2),
1191 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
1193 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1194 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op1),
1195 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
1197 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1198 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Op2),
1199 Attribute_Name => Name_Length))));
1201 Rewrite (Op2,
1202 Make_Integer_Literal (Sloc (Op2),
1203 Intval => Uint_0));
1205 Analyze_And_Resolve (Op1, Standard_Integer);
1206 Analyze_And_Resolve (Op2, Standard_Integer);
1207 return;
1208 end if;
1210 -- Cases where we cannot make runtime call
1212 -- For (a <= b) we convert to not (a > b)
1214 if Chars (N) = Name_Op_Le then
1215 Rewrite (N,
1216 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
1217 Right_Opnd =>
1218 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
1219 Left_Opnd => Op1,
1220 Right_Opnd => Op2)));
1221 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1222 return;
1224 -- For < the Boolean expression is
1225 -- greater__nn (op2, op1)
1227 elsif Chars (N) = Name_Op_Lt then
1228 Func_Body := Make_Array_Comparison_Op (Typ1, N);
1230 -- Switch operands
1232 Op1 := Right_Opnd (N);
1233 Op2 := Left_Opnd (N);
1235 -- For (a >= b) we convert to not (a < b)
1237 elsif Chars (N) = Name_Op_Ge then
1238 Rewrite (N,
1239 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
1240 Right_Opnd =>
1241 Make_Op_Lt (Loc,
1242 Left_Opnd => Op1,
1243 Right_Opnd => Op2)));
1244 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1245 return;
1247 -- For > the Boolean expression is
1248 -- greater__nn (op1, op2)
1250 else
1251 pragma Assert (Chars (N) = Name_Op_Gt);
1252 Func_Body := Make_Array_Comparison_Op (Typ1, N);
1253 end if;
1255 Func_Name := Defining_Unit_Name (Specification (Func_Body));
1256 Expr :=
1257 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1258 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1259 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Op1, Op2));
1261 Insert_Action (N, Func_Body);
1262 Rewrite (N, Expr);
1263 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1265 exception
1266 when RE_Not_Available =>
1267 return;
1268 end Expand_Array_Comparison;
1270 ---------------------------
1271 -- Expand_Array_Equality --
1272 ---------------------------
1274 -- Expand an equality function for multi-dimensional arrays. Here is an
1275 -- example of such a function for Nb_Dimension = 2
1277 -- function Enn (A : atyp; B : btyp) return boolean is
1278 -- begin
1279 -- if (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0)
1280 -- and then
1281 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0)
1282 -- then
1283 -- return True; -- RM 4.5.2(22)
1284 -- end if;
1286 -- if A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1287 -- or else
1288 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1289 -- then
1290 -- return False; -- RM 4.5.2(23)
1291 -- end if;
1293 -- declare
1294 -- A1 : Index_T1 := A'first (1);
1295 -- B1 : Index_T1 := B'first (1);
1296 -- begin
1297 -- loop
1298 -- declare
1299 -- A2 : Index_T2 := A'first (2);
1300 -- B2 : Index_T2 := B'first (2);
1301 -- begin
1302 -- loop
1303 -- if A (A1, A2) /= B (B1, B2) then
1304 -- return False;
1305 -- end if;
1307 -- exit when A2 = A'last (2);
1308 -- A2 := Index_T2'succ (A2);
1309 -- B2 := Index_T2'succ (B2);
1310 -- end loop;
1311 -- end;
1313 -- exit when A1 = A'last (1);
1314 -- A1 := Index_T1'succ (A1);
1315 -- B1 := Index_T1'succ (B1);
1316 -- end loop;
1317 -- end;
1319 -- return true;
1320 -- end Enn;
1322 -- Note on the formal types used (atyp and btyp). If either of the arrays
1323 -- is of a private type, we use the underlying type, and do an unchecked
1324 -- conversion of the actual. If either of the arrays has a bound depending
1325 -- on a discriminant, then we use the base type since otherwise we have an
1326 -- escaped discriminant in the function.
1328 -- If both arrays are constrained and have the same bounds, we can generate
1329 -- a loop with an explicit iteration scheme using a 'Range attribute over
1330 -- the first array.
1332 function Expand_Array_Equality
1333 (Nod : Node_Id;
1334 Lhs : Node_Id;
1335 Rhs : Node_Id;
1336 Bodies : List_Id;
1337 Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id
1339 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
1340 Decls : constant List_Id := New_List;
1341 Index_List1 : constant List_Id := New_List;
1342 Index_List2 : constant List_Id := New_List;
1344 Actuals : List_Id;
1345 Formals : List_Id;
1346 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1347 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1349 A : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
1350 B : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
1352 Ltyp : Entity_Id;
1353 Rtyp : Entity_Id;
1354 -- The parameter types to be used for the formals
1356 function Arr_Attr
1357 (Arr : Entity_Id;
1358 Nam : Name_Id;
1359 Num : Int) return Node_Id;
1360 -- This builds the attribute reference Arr'Nam (Expr)
1362 function Component_Equality (Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
1363 -- Create one statement to compare corresponding components, designated
1364 -- by a full set of indices.
1366 function Get_Arg_Type (N : Node_Id) return Entity_Id;
1367 -- Given one of the arguments, computes the appropriate type to be used
1368 -- for that argument in the corresponding function formal
1370 function Handle_One_Dimension
1371 (N : Int;
1372 Index : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
1373 -- This procedure returns the following code
1375 -- declare
1376 -- Bn : Index_T := B'First (N);
1377 -- begin
1378 -- loop
1379 -- xxx
1380 -- exit when An = A'Last (N);
1381 -- An := Index_T'Succ (An)
1382 -- Bn := Index_T'Succ (Bn)
1383 -- end loop;
1384 -- end;
1386 -- If both indices are constrained and identical, the procedure
1387 -- returns a simpler loop:
1389 -- for An in A'Range (N) loop
1390 -- xxx
1391 -- end loop
1393 -- N is the dimension for which we are generating a loop. Index is the
1394 -- N'th index node, whose Etype is Index_Type_n in the above code. The
1395 -- xxx statement is either the loop or declare for the next dimension
1396 -- or if this is the last dimension the comparison of corresponding
1397 -- components of the arrays.
1399 -- The actual way the code works is to return the comparison of
1400 -- corresponding components for the N+1 call. That's neater!
1402 function Test_Empty_Arrays return Node_Id;
1403 -- This function constructs the test for both arrays being empty
1404 -- (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1405 -- and then
1406 -- (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1408 function Test_Lengths_Correspond return Node_Id;
1409 -- This function constructs the test for arrays having different lengths
1410 -- in at least one index position, in which case the resulting code is:
1412 -- A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1413 -- or else
1414 -- A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1415 -- or else
1416 -- ...
1418 --------------
1419 -- Arr_Attr --
1420 --------------
1422 function Arr_Attr
1423 (Arr : Entity_Id;
1424 Nam : Name_Id;
1425 Num : Int) return Node_Id
1427 begin
1428 return
1429 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1430 Attribute_Name => Nam,
1431 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Arr, Loc),
1432 Expressions => New_List (Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Num)));
1433 end Arr_Attr;
1435 ------------------------
1436 -- Component_Equality --
1437 ------------------------
1439 function Component_Equality (Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id is
1440 Test : Node_Id;
1441 L, R : Node_Id;
1443 begin
1444 -- if a(i1...) /= b(j1...) then return false; end if;
1446 L :=
1447 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
1448 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (A)),
1449 Expressions => Index_List1);
1451 R :=
1452 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
1453 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (B)),
1454 Expressions => Index_List2);
1456 Test := Expand_Composite_Equality
1457 (Nod, Component_Type (Typ), L, R, Decls);
1459 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole operation
1460 -- will raise program error.
1462 if Nkind (Test) = N_Raise_Program_Error then
1464 -- This node is going to be inserted at a location where a
1465 -- statement is expected: clear its Etype so analysis will set
1466 -- it to the expected Standard_Void_Type.
1468 Set_Etype (Test, Empty);
1469 return Test;
1471 else
1472 return
1473 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1474 Condition => Make_Op_Not (Loc, Right_Opnd => Test),
1475 Then_Statements => New_List (
1476 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1477 Expression => New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc))));
1478 end if;
1479 end Component_Equality;
1481 ------------------
1482 -- Get_Arg_Type --
1483 ------------------
1485 function Get_Arg_Type (N : Node_Id) return Entity_Id is
1486 T : Entity_Id;
1487 X : Node_Id;
1489 begin
1490 T := Etype (N);
1492 if No (T) then
1493 return Typ;
1495 else
1496 T := Underlying_Type (T);
1498 X := First_Index (T);
1499 while Present (X) loop
1500 if Denotes_Discriminant (Type_Low_Bound (Etype (X)))
1501 or else
1502 Denotes_Discriminant (Type_High_Bound (Etype (X)))
1503 then
1504 T := Base_Type (T);
1505 exit;
1506 end if;
1508 Next_Index (X);
1509 end loop;
1511 return T;
1512 end if;
1513 end Get_Arg_Type;
1515 --------------------------
1516 -- Handle_One_Dimension --
1517 ---------------------------
1519 function Handle_One_Dimension
1520 (N : Int;
1521 Index : Node_Id) return Node_Id
1523 Need_Separate_Indexes : constant Boolean :=
1524 Ltyp /= Rtyp
1525 or else not Is_Constrained (Ltyp);
1526 -- If the index types are identical, and we are working with
1527 -- constrained types, then we can use the same index for both
1528 -- of the arrays.
1530 An : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
1531 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('A'));
1533 Bn : Entity_Id;
1534 Index_T : Entity_Id;
1535 Stm_List : List_Id;
1536 Loop_Stm : Node_Id;
1538 begin
1539 if N > Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) then
1540 return Component_Equality (Ltyp);
1541 end if;
1543 -- Case where we generate a loop
1545 Index_T := Base_Type (Etype (Index));
1547 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1548 Bn :=
1549 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
1550 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('B'));
1551 else
1552 Bn := An;
1553 end if;
1555 Append (New_Reference_To (An, Loc), Index_List1);
1556 Append (New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc), Index_List2);
1558 Stm_List := New_List (
1559 Handle_One_Dimension (N + 1, Next_Index (Index)));
1561 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1563 -- Generate guard for loop, followed by increments of indices
1565 Append_To (Stm_List,
1566 Make_Exit_Statement (Loc,
1567 Condition =>
1568 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1569 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (An, Loc),
1570 Right_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Last, N))));
1572 Append_To (Stm_List,
1573 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
1574 Name => New_Reference_To (An, Loc),
1575 Expression =>
1576 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1577 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1578 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
1579 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (An, Loc)))));
1581 Append_To (Stm_List,
1582 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
1583 Name => New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc),
1584 Expression =>
1585 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1586 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1587 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
1588 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc)))));
1589 end if;
1591 -- If separate indexes, we need a declare block for An and Bn, and a
1592 -- loop without an iteration scheme.
1594 if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1595 Loop_Stm :=
1596 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod, Statements => Stm_List);
1598 return
1599 Make_Block_Statement (Loc,
1600 Declarations => New_List (
1601 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1602 Defining_Identifier => An,
1603 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1604 Expression => Arr_Attr (A, Name_First, N)),
1606 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1607 Defining_Identifier => Bn,
1608 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1609 Expression => Arr_Attr (B, Name_First, N))),
1611 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
1612 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
1613 Statements => New_List (Loop_Stm)));
1615 -- If no separate indexes, return loop statement with explicit
1616 -- iteration scheme on its own
1618 else
1619 Loop_Stm :=
1620 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod,
1621 Statements => Stm_List,
1622 Iteration_Scheme =>
1623 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
1624 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
1625 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1626 Defining_Identifier => An,
1627 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
1628 Arr_Attr (A, Name_Range, N))));
1629 return Loop_Stm;
1630 end if;
1631 end Handle_One_Dimension;
1633 -----------------------
1634 -- Test_Empty_Arrays --
1635 -----------------------
1637 function Test_Empty_Arrays return Node_Id is
1638 Alist : Node_Id;
1639 Blist : Node_Id;
1641 Atest : Node_Id;
1642 Btest : Node_Id;
1644 begin
1645 Alist := Empty;
1646 Blist := Empty;
1647 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) loop
1648 Atest :=
1649 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1650 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Length, J),
1651 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
1653 Btest :=
1654 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1655 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (B, Name_Length, J),
1656 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
1658 if No (Alist) then
1659 Alist := Atest;
1660 Blist := Btest;
1662 else
1663 Alist :=
1664 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1665 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Alist),
1666 Right_Opnd => Atest);
1668 Blist :=
1669 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1670 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Blist),
1671 Right_Opnd => Btest);
1672 end if;
1673 end loop;
1675 return
1676 Make_And_Then (Loc,
1677 Left_Opnd => Alist,
1678 Right_Opnd => Blist);
1679 end Test_Empty_Arrays;
1681 -----------------------------
1682 -- Test_Lengths_Correspond --
1683 -----------------------------
1685 function Test_Lengths_Correspond return Node_Id is
1686 Result : Node_Id;
1687 Rtest : Node_Id;
1689 begin
1690 Result := Empty;
1691 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) loop
1692 Rtest :=
1693 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
1694 Left_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Length, J),
1695 Right_Opnd => Arr_Attr (B, Name_Length, J));
1697 if No (Result) then
1698 Result := Rtest;
1699 else
1700 Result :=
1701 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1702 Left_Opnd => Relocate_Node (Result),
1703 Right_Opnd => Rtest);
1704 end if;
1705 end loop;
1707 return Result;
1708 end Test_Lengths_Correspond;
1710 -- Start of processing for Expand_Array_Equality
1712 begin
1713 Ltyp := Get_Arg_Type (Lhs);
1714 Rtyp := Get_Arg_Type (Rhs);
1716 -- For now, if the argument types are not the same, go to the base type,
1717 -- since the code assumes that the formals have the same type. This is
1718 -- fixable in future ???
1720 if Ltyp /= Rtyp then
1721 Ltyp := Base_Type (Ltyp);
1722 Rtyp := Base_Type (Rtyp);
1723 pragma Assert (Ltyp = Rtyp);
1724 end if;
1726 -- Build list of formals for function
1728 Formals := New_List (
1729 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1730 Defining_Identifier => A,
1731 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Ltyp, Loc)),
1733 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1734 Defining_Identifier => B,
1735 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Rtyp, Loc)));
1737 Func_Name := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('E'));
1739 -- Build statement sequence for function
1741 Func_Body :=
1742 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
1743 Specification =>
1744 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
1745 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
1746 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
1747 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Boolean, Loc)),
1749 Declarations => Decls,
1751 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
1752 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
1753 Statements => New_List (
1755 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1756 Condition => Test_Empty_Arrays,
1757 Then_Statements => New_List (
1758 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1759 Expression =>
1760 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc)))),
1762 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1763 Condition => Test_Lengths_Correspond,
1764 Then_Statements => New_List (
1765 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1766 Expression =>
1767 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc)))),
1769 Handle_One_Dimension (1, First_Index (Ltyp)),
1771 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1772 Expression => New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc)))));
1774 Set_Has_Completion (Func_Name, True);
1775 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
1777 -- If the array type is distinct from the type of the arguments, it
1778 -- is the full view of a private type. Apply an unchecked conversion
1779 -- to insure that analysis of the call succeeds.
1781 declare
1782 L, R : Node_Id;
1784 begin
1785 L := Lhs;
1786 R := Rhs;
1788 if No (Etype (Lhs))
1789 or else Base_Type (Etype (Lhs)) /= Base_Type (Ltyp)
1790 then
1791 L := OK_Convert_To (Ltyp, Lhs);
1792 end if;
1794 if No (Etype (Rhs))
1795 or else Base_Type (Etype (Rhs)) /= Base_Type (Rtyp)
1796 then
1797 R := OK_Convert_To (Rtyp, Rhs);
1798 end if;
1800 Actuals := New_List (L, R);
1801 end;
1803 Append_To (Bodies, Func_Body);
1805 return
1806 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1807 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1808 Parameter_Associations => Actuals);
1809 end Expand_Array_Equality;
1811 -----------------------------
1812 -- Expand_Boolean_Operator --
1813 -----------------------------
1815 -- Note that we first get the actual subtypes of the operands, since we
1816 -- always want to deal with types that have bounds.
1818 procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator (N : Node_Id) is
1819 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
1821 begin
1822 -- Special case of bit packed array where both operands are known to be
1823 -- properly aligned. In this case we use an efficient run time routine
1824 -- to carry out the operation (see System.Bit_Ops).
1826 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ)
1827 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Left_Opnd (N))
1828 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Right_Opnd (N))
1829 then
1830 Expand_Packed_Boolean_Operator (N);
1831 return;
1832 end if;
1834 -- For the normal non-packed case, the general expansion is to build
1835 -- function for carrying out the comparison (use Make_Boolean_Array_Op)
1836 -- and then inserting it into the tree. The original operator node is
1837 -- then rewritten as a call to this function. We also use this in the
1838 -- packed case if either operand is a possibly unaligned object.
1840 declare
1841 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
1842 L : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
1843 R : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
1844 Func_Body : Node_Id;
1845 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1847 begin
1848 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (L);
1849 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (R);
1850 Ensure_Defined (Etype (L), N);
1851 Ensure_Defined (Etype (R), N);
1852 Apply_Length_Check (R, Etype (L));
1854 if Nkind (N) = N_Op_Xor then
1855 Silly_Boolean_Array_Xor_Test (N, Etype (L));
1856 end if;
1858 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement
1859 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (N)), L, R)
1860 then
1861 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), L, R);
1863 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Not
1864 and then Nkind (N) = N_Op_And
1865 and then
1866 Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (Parent (N))), L, R)
1867 then
1868 return;
1869 else
1871 Func_Body := Make_Boolean_Array_Op (Etype (L), N);
1872 Func_Name := Defining_Unit_Name (Specification (Func_Body));
1873 Insert_Action (N, Func_Body);
1875 -- Now rewrite the expression with a call
1877 Rewrite (N,
1878 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1879 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1880 Parameter_Associations =>
1881 New_List (
1883 Make_Type_Conversion
1884 (Loc, New_Reference_To (Etype (L), Loc), R))));
1886 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
1887 end if;
1888 end;
1889 end Expand_Boolean_Operator;
1891 -------------------------------
1892 -- Expand_Composite_Equality --
1893 -------------------------------
1895 -- This function is only called for comparing internal fields of composite
1896 -- types when these fields are themselves composites. This is a special
1897 -- case because it is not possible to respect normal Ada visibility rules.
1899 function Expand_Composite_Equality
1900 (Nod : Node_Id;
1901 Typ : Entity_Id;
1902 Lhs : Node_Id;
1903 Rhs : Node_Id;
1904 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id
1906 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
1907 Full_Type : Entity_Id;
1908 Prim : Elmt_Id;
1909 Eq_Op : Entity_Id;
1911 begin
1912 if Is_Private_Type (Typ) then
1913 Full_Type := Underlying_Type (Typ);
1914 else
1915 Full_Type := Typ;
1916 end if;
1918 -- Defense against malformed private types with no completion the error
1919 -- will be diagnosed later by check_completion
1921 if No (Full_Type) then
1922 return New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc);
1923 end if;
1925 Full_Type := Base_Type (Full_Type);
1927 if Is_Array_Type (Full_Type) then
1929 -- If the operand is an elementary type other than a floating-point
1930 -- type, then we can simply use the built-in block bitwise equality,
1931 -- since the predefined equality operators always apply and bitwise
1932 -- equality is fine for all these cases.
1934 if Is_Elementary_Type (Component_Type (Full_Type))
1935 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Component_Type (Full_Type))
1936 then
1937 return Make_Op_Eq (Loc, Left_Opnd => Lhs, Right_Opnd => Rhs);
1939 -- For composite component types, and floating-point types, use the
1940 -- expansion. This deals with tagged component types (where we use
1941 -- the applicable equality routine) and floating-point, (where we
1942 -- need to worry about negative zeroes), and also the case of any
1943 -- composite type recursively containing such fields.
1945 else
1946 return Expand_Array_Equality (Nod, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies, Full_Type);
1947 end if;
1949 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (Full_Type) then
1951 -- Call the primitive operation "=" of this type
1953 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Full_Type) then
1954 Full_Type := Root_Type (Full_Type);
1955 end if;
1957 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with a
1958 -- tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the primitive
1959 -- operations of the private type. This check should no longer be
1960 -- necessary when these types receive their full views ???
1962 if Is_Private_Type (Typ)
1963 and then not Is_Tagged_Type (Typ)
1964 and then not Is_Controlled (Typ)
1965 and then Is_Derived_Type (Typ)
1966 and then No (Full_View (Typ))
1967 then
1968 Prim := First_Elmt (Collect_Primitive_Operations (Typ));
1969 else
1970 Prim := First_Elmt (Primitive_Operations (Full_Type));
1971 end if;
1973 loop
1974 Eq_Op := Node (Prim);
1975 exit when Chars (Eq_Op) = Name_Op_Eq
1976 and then Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)) =
1977 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Eq_Op)))
1978 and then Base_Type (Etype (Eq_Op)) = Standard_Boolean;
1979 Next_Elmt (Prim);
1980 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
1981 end loop;
1983 Eq_Op := Node (Prim);
1985 return
1986 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1987 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
1988 Parameter_Associations =>
1989 New_List
1990 (Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)), Lhs),
1991 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)), Rhs)));
1993 elsif Is_Record_Type (Full_Type) then
1994 Eq_Op := TSS (Full_Type, TSS_Composite_Equality);
1996 if Present (Eq_Op) then
1997 if Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)) /= Full_Type then
1999 -- Inherited equality from parent type. Convert the actuals to
2000 -- match signature of operation.
2002 declare
2003 T : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op));
2005 begin
2006 return
2007 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2008 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2009 Parameter_Associations =>
2010 New_List (OK_Convert_To (T, Lhs),
2011 OK_Convert_To (T, Rhs)));
2012 end;
2014 else
2015 -- Comparison between Unchecked_Union components
2017 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Full_Type) then
2018 declare
2019 Lhs_Type : Node_Id := Full_Type;
2020 Rhs_Type : Node_Id := Full_Type;
2021 Lhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
2022 Rhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
2024 begin
2025 -- Lhs subtype
2027 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component then
2028 Lhs_Type := Etype (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)));
2029 end if;
2031 -- Rhs subtype
2033 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component then
2034 Rhs_Type := Etype (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)));
2035 end if;
2037 -- Lhs of the composite equality
2039 if Is_Constrained (Lhs_Type) then
2041 -- Since the enclosing record type can never be an
2042 -- Unchecked_Union (this code is executed for records
2043 -- that do not have variants), we may reference its
2044 -- discriminant(s).
2046 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component
2047 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint (
2048 Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)))
2049 then
2050 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
2051 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2052 Prefix => Prefix (Lhs),
2053 Selector_Name =>
2054 New_Copy (
2055 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2056 First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
2057 Lhs_Type,
2058 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type))));
2060 else
2061 Lhs_Discr_Val := New_Copy (
2062 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2063 First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
2064 Lhs_Type,
2065 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type)));
2067 end if;
2068 else
2069 -- It is not possible to infer the discriminant since
2070 -- the subtype is not constrained.
2072 return
2073 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
2074 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
2075 end if;
2077 -- Rhs of the composite equality
2079 if Is_Constrained (Rhs_Type) then
2080 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component
2081 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint (
2082 Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)))
2083 then
2084 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
2085 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2086 Prefix => Prefix (Rhs),
2087 Selector_Name =>
2088 New_Copy (
2089 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2090 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
2091 Rhs_Type,
2092 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type))));
2094 else
2095 Rhs_Discr_Val := New_Copy (
2096 Get_Discriminant_Value (
2097 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
2098 Rhs_Type,
2099 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type)));
2101 end if;
2102 else
2103 return
2104 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
2105 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
2106 end if;
2108 -- Call the TSS equality function with the inferred
2109 -- discriminant values.
2111 return
2112 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2113 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2114 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
2115 Lhs,
2116 Rhs,
2117 Lhs_Discr_Val,
2118 Rhs_Discr_Val));
2119 end;
2120 end if;
2122 -- Shouldn't this be an else, we can't fall through the above
2123 -- IF, right???
2125 return
2126 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2127 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2128 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Lhs, Rhs));
2129 end if;
2131 else
2132 return Expand_Record_Equality (Nod, Full_Type, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies);
2133 end if;
2135 else
2136 -- It can be a simple record or the full view of a scalar private
2138 return Make_Op_Eq (Loc, Left_Opnd => Lhs, Right_Opnd => Rhs);
2139 end if;
2140 end Expand_Composite_Equality;
2142 ------------------------------
2143 -- Expand_Concatenate_Other --
2144 ------------------------------
2146 -- Let n be the number of array operands to be concatenated, Base_Typ their
2147 -- base type, Ind_Typ their index type, and Arr_Typ the original array type
2148 -- to which the concatenation operator applies, then the following
2149 -- subprogram is constructed:
2151 -- [function Cnn (S1 : Base_Typ; ...; Sn : Base_Typ) return Base_Typ is
2152 -- L : Ind_Typ;
2153 -- begin
2154 -- if S1'Length /= 0 then
2155 -- L := XXX; --> XXX = S1'First if Arr_Typ is unconstrained
2156 -- XXX = Arr_Typ'First otherwise
2157 -- elsif S2'Length /= 0 then
2158 -- L := YYY; --> YYY = S2'First if Arr_Typ is unconstrained
2159 -- YYY = Arr_Typ'First otherwise
2160 -- ...
2161 -- elsif Sn-1'Length /= 0 then
2162 -- L := ZZZ; --> ZZZ = Sn-1'First if Arr_Typ is unconstrained
2163 -- ZZZ = Arr_Typ'First otherwise
2164 -- else
2165 -- return Sn;
2166 -- end if;
2168 -- declare
2169 -- P : Ind_Typ;
2170 -- H : Ind_Typ :=
2171 -- Ind_Typ'Val ((((S1'Length - 1) + S2'Length) + ... + Sn'Length)
2172 -- + Ind_Typ'Pos (L));
2173 -- R : Base_Typ (L .. H);
2174 -- begin
2175 -- if S1'Length /= 0 then
2176 -- P := S1'First;
2177 -- loop
2178 -- R (L) := S1 (P);
2179 -- L := Ind_Typ'Succ (L);
2180 -- exit when P = S1'Last;
2181 -- P := Ind_Typ'Succ (P);
2182 -- end loop;
2183 -- end if;
2185 -- if S2'Length /= 0 then
2186 -- L := Ind_Typ'Succ (L);
2187 -- loop
2188 -- R (L) := S2 (P);
2189 -- L := Ind_Typ'Succ (L);
2190 -- exit when P = S2'Last;
2191 -- P := Ind_Typ'Succ (P);
2192 -- end loop;
2193 -- end if;
2195 -- ...
2197 -- if Sn'Length /= 0 then
2198 -- P := Sn'First;
2199 -- loop
2200 -- R (L) := Sn (P);
2201 -- L := Ind_Typ'Succ (L);
2202 -- exit when P = Sn'Last;
2203 -- P := Ind_Typ'Succ (P);
2204 -- end loop;
2205 -- end if;
2207 -- return R;
2208 -- end;
2209 -- end Cnn;]
2211 procedure Expand_Concatenate_Other (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id) is
2212 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Cnode);
2213 Nb_Opnds : constant Nat := List_Length (Opnds);
2215 Arr_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Entity (Cnode));
2216 Base_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Cnode));
2217 Ind_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Index (Base_Typ));
2219 Func_Id : Node_Id;
2220 Func_Spec : Node_Id;
2221 Param_Specs : List_Id;
2223 Func_Body : Node_Id;
2224 Func_Decls : List_Id;
2225 Func_Stmts : List_Id;
2227 L_Decl : Node_Id;
2229 If_Stmt : Node_Id;
2230 Elsif_List : List_Id;
2232 Declare_Block : Node_Id;
2233 Declare_Decls : List_Id;
2234 Declare_Stmts : List_Id;
2236 H_Decl : Node_Id;
2237 I_Decl : Node_Id;
2238 H_Init : Node_Id;
2239 P_Decl : Node_Id;
2240 R_Decl : Node_Id;
2241 R_Constr : Node_Id;
2242 R_Range : Node_Id;
2244 Params : List_Id;
2245 Operand : Node_Id;
2247 function Copy_Into_R_S (I : Nat; Last : Boolean) return List_Id;
2248 -- Builds the sequence of statement:
2249 -- P := Si'First;
2250 -- loop
2251 -- R (L) := Si (P);
2252 -- L := Ind_Typ'Succ (L);
2253 -- exit when P = Si'Last;
2254 -- P := Ind_Typ'Succ (P);
2255 -- end loop;
2257 -- where i is the input parameter I given.
2258 -- If the flag Last is true, the exit statement is emitted before
2259 -- incrementing the lower bound, to prevent the creation out of
2260 -- bound values.
2262 function Init_L (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2263 -- Builds the statement:
2264 -- L := Arr_Typ'First; If Arr_Typ is constrained
2265 -- L := Si'First; otherwise (where I is the input param given)
2267 function H return Node_Id;
2268 -- Builds reference to identifier H
2270 function Ind_Val (E : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
2271 -- Builds expression Ind_Typ'Val (E);
2273 function L return Node_Id;
2274 -- Builds reference to identifier L
2276 function L_Pos return Node_Id;
2277 -- Builds expression Integer_Type'(Ind_Typ'Pos (L)). We qualify the
2278 -- expression to avoid universal_integer computations whenever possible,
2279 -- in the expression for the upper bound H.
2281 function L_Succ return Node_Id;
2282 -- Builds expression Ind_Typ'Succ (L)
2284 function One return Node_Id;
2285 -- Builds integer literal one
2287 function P return Node_Id;
2288 -- Builds reference to identifier P
2290 function P_Succ return Node_Id;
2291 -- Builds expression Ind_Typ'Succ (P)
2293 function R return Node_Id;
2294 -- Builds reference to identifier R
2296 function S (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2297 -- Builds reference to identifier Si, where I is the value given
2299 function S_First (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2300 -- Builds expression Si'First, where I is the value given
2302 function S_Last (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2303 -- Builds expression Si'Last, where I is the value given
2305 function S_Length (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2306 -- Builds expression Si'Length, where I is the value given
2308 function S_Length_Test (I : Nat) return Node_Id;
2309 -- Builds expression Si'Length /= 0, where I is the value given
2311 -------------------
2312 -- Copy_Into_R_S --
2313 -------------------
2315 function Copy_Into_R_S (I : Nat; Last : Boolean) return List_Id is
2316 Stmts : constant List_Id := New_List;
2317 P_Start : Node_Id;
2318 Loop_Stmt : Node_Id;
2319 R_Copy : Node_Id;
2320 Exit_Stmt : Node_Id;
2321 L_Inc : Node_Id;
2322 P_Inc : Node_Id;
2324 begin
2325 -- First construct the initializations
2327 P_Start := Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2328 Name => P,
2329 Expression => S_First (I));
2330 Append_To (Stmts, P_Start);
2332 -- Then build the loop
2334 R_Copy := Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2335 Name => Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
2336 Prefix => R,
2337 Expressions => New_List (L)),
2338 Expression => Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
2339 Prefix => S (I),
2340 Expressions => New_List (P)));
2342 L_Inc := Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2343 Name => L,
2344 Expression => L_Succ);
2346 Exit_Stmt := Make_Exit_Statement (Loc,
2347 Condition => Make_Op_Eq (Loc, P, S_Last (I)));
2349 P_Inc := Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
2350 Name => P,
2351 Expression => P_Succ);
2353 if Last then
2354 Loop_Stmt :=
2355 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Cnode,
2356 Statements => New_List (R_Copy, Exit_Stmt, L_Inc, P_Inc));
2357 else
2358 Loop_Stmt :=
2359 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Cnode,
2360 Statements => New_List (R_Copy, L_Inc, Exit_Stmt, P_Inc));
2361 end if;
2363 Append_To (Stmts, Loop_Stmt);
2365 return Stmts;
2366 end Copy_Into_R_S;
2368 -------
2369 -- H --
2370 -------
2372 function H return Node_Id is
2373 begin
2374 return Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uH);
2375 end H;
2377 -------------
2378 -- Ind_Val --
2379 -------------
2381 function Ind_Val (E : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
2382 begin
2383 return
2384 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2385 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2386 Attribute_Name => Name_Val,
2387 Expressions => New_List (E));
2388 end Ind_Val;
2390 ------------
2391 -- Init_L --
2392 ------------
2394 function Init_L (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2395 E : Node_Id;
2397 begin
2398 if Is_Constrained (Arr_Typ) then
2399 E := Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2400 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Arr_Typ, Loc),
2401 Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2403 else
2404 E := S_First (I);
2405 end if;
2407 return Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc, Name => L, Expression => E);
2408 end Init_L;
2410 -------
2411 -- L --
2412 -------
2414 function L return Node_Id is
2415 begin
2416 return Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uL);
2417 end L;
2419 -----------
2420 -- L_Pos --
2421 -----------
2423 function L_Pos return Node_Id is
2424 Target_Type : Entity_Id;
2426 begin
2427 -- If the index type is an enumeration type, the computation can be
2428 -- done in standard integer. Otherwise, choose a large enough integer
2429 -- type to accommodate the index type computation.
2431 if Is_Enumeration_Type (Ind_Typ)
2432 or else Root_Type (Ind_Typ) = Standard_Integer
2433 or else Root_Type (Ind_Typ) = Standard_Short_Integer
2434 or else Root_Type (Ind_Typ) = Standard_Short_Short_Integer
2435 or else Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Ind_Typ)
2436 then
2437 Target_Type := Standard_Integer;
2438 else
2439 Target_Type := Root_Type (Ind_Typ);
2440 end if;
2442 return
2443 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
2444 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Target_Type, Loc),
2445 Expression =>
2446 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2447 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2448 Attribute_Name => Name_Pos,
2449 Expressions => New_List (L)));
2450 end L_Pos;
2452 ------------
2453 -- L_Succ --
2454 ------------
2456 function L_Succ return Node_Id is
2457 begin
2458 return
2459 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2460 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2461 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
2462 Expressions => New_List (L));
2463 end L_Succ;
2465 ---------
2466 -- One --
2467 ---------
2469 function One return Node_Id is
2470 begin
2471 return Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1);
2472 end One;
2474 -------
2475 -- P --
2476 -------
2478 function P return Node_Id is
2479 begin
2480 return Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uP);
2481 end P;
2483 ------------
2484 -- P_Succ --
2485 ------------
2487 function P_Succ return Node_Id is
2488 begin
2489 return
2490 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2491 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2492 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
2493 Expressions => New_List (P));
2494 end P_Succ;
2496 -------
2497 -- R --
2498 -------
2500 function R return Node_Id is
2501 begin
2502 return Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uR);
2503 end R;
2505 -------
2506 -- S --
2507 -------
2509 function S (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2510 begin
2511 return Make_Identifier (Loc, New_External_Name ('S', I));
2512 end S;
2514 -------------
2515 -- S_First --
2516 -------------
2518 function S_First (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2519 begin
2520 return Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2521 Prefix => S (I),
2522 Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2523 end S_First;
2525 ------------
2526 -- S_Last --
2527 ------------
2529 function S_Last (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2530 begin
2531 return Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2532 Prefix => S (I),
2533 Attribute_Name => Name_Last);
2534 end S_Last;
2536 --------------
2537 -- S_Length --
2538 --------------
2540 function S_Length (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2541 begin
2542 return Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2543 Prefix => S (I),
2544 Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
2545 end S_Length;
2547 -------------------
2548 -- S_Length_Test --
2549 -------------------
2551 function S_Length_Test (I : Nat) return Node_Id is
2552 begin
2553 return
2554 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
2555 Left_Opnd => S_Length (I),
2556 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
2557 end S_Length_Test;
2559 -- Start of processing for Expand_Concatenate_Other
2561 begin
2562 -- Construct the parameter specs and the overall function spec
2564 Param_Specs := New_List;
2565 for I in 1 .. Nb_Opnds loop
2566 Append_To
2567 (Param_Specs,
2568 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
2569 Defining_Identifier =>
2570 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_External_Name ('S', I)),
2571 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Base_Typ, Loc)));
2572 end loop;
2574 Func_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('C'));
2575 Func_Spec :=
2576 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
2577 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Id,
2578 Parameter_Specifications => Param_Specs,
2579 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Base_Typ, Loc));
2581 -- Construct L's object declaration
2583 L_Decl :=
2584 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2585 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uL),
2586 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc));
2588 Func_Decls := New_List (L_Decl);
2590 -- Construct the if-then-elsif statements
2592 Elsif_List := New_List;
2593 for I in 2 .. Nb_Opnds - 1 loop
2594 Append_To (Elsif_List, Make_Elsif_Part (Loc,
2595 Condition => S_Length_Test (I),
2596 Then_Statements => New_List (Init_L (I))));
2597 end loop;
2599 If_Stmt :=
2600 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Cnode,
2601 Condition => S_Length_Test (1),
2602 Then_Statements => New_List (Init_L (1)),
2603 Elsif_Parts => Elsif_List,
2604 Else_Statements => New_List (Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
2605 Expression => S (Nb_Opnds))));
2607 -- Construct the declaration for H
2609 P_Decl :=
2610 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2611 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uP),
2612 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc));
2614 H_Init := Make_Op_Subtract (Loc, S_Length (1), One);
2615 for I in 2 .. Nb_Opnds loop
2616 H_Init := Make_Op_Add (Loc, H_Init, S_Length (I));
2617 end loop;
2619 -- If the index type is small modular type, we need to perform an
2620 -- additional check that the upper bound fits in the index type.
2621 -- Otherwise the computation of the upper bound can wrap around
2622 -- and yield meaningless results. The constraint check has to be
2623 -- explicit in the code, because the generated function is compiled
2624 -- with checks disabled, for efficiency.
2626 if Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Ind_Typ)
2627 and then Esize (Ind_Typ) < Esize (Standard_Integer)
2628 then
2629 I_Decl :=
2630 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2631 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uI),
2632 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Integer, Loc),
2633 Expression =>
2634 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
2635 New_Reference_To (Standard_Integer, Loc),
2636 Make_Op_Add (Loc, H_Init, L_Pos)));
2638 H_Init :=
2639 Ind_Val (
2640 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
2641 New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2642 New_Reference_To (Defining_Identifier (I_Decl), Loc)));
2644 -- For other index types, computation is safe
2646 else
2647 H_Init := Ind_Val (Make_Op_Add (Loc, H_Init, L_Pos));
2648 end if;
2650 H_Decl :=
2651 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2652 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uH),
2653 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2654 Expression => H_Init);
2656 -- Construct the declaration for R
2658 R_Range := Make_Range (Loc, Low_Bound => L, High_Bound => H);
2659 R_Constr :=
2660 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint (Loc,
2661 Constraints => New_List (R_Range));
2663 R_Decl :=
2664 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2665 Defining_Identifier => Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uR),
2666 Object_Definition =>
2667 Make_Subtype_Indication (Loc,
2668 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Base_Typ, Loc),
2669 Constraint => R_Constr));
2671 -- Construct the declarations for the declare block
2673 Declare_Decls := New_List (P_Decl, H_Decl, R_Decl);
2675 -- Add constraint check for the modular index case
2677 if Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Ind_Typ)
2678 and then Esize (Ind_Typ) < Esize (Standard_Integer)
2679 then
2680 Insert_After (P_Decl, I_Decl);
2682 Insert_After (I_Decl,
2683 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
2684 Condition =>
2685 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
2686 Left_Opnd =>
2687 New_Reference_To (Defining_Identifier (I_Decl), Loc),
2688 Right_Opnd =>
2689 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
2690 New_Reference_To (Standard_Integer, Loc),
2691 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2692 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Ind_Typ, Loc),
2693 Attribute_Name => Name_Last))),
2694 Reason => CE_Range_Check_Failed));
2695 end if;
2697 -- Construct list of statements for the declare block
2699 Declare_Stmts := New_List;
2700 for I in 1 .. Nb_Opnds loop
2701 Append_To (Declare_Stmts,
2702 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Cnode,
2703 Condition => S_Length_Test (I),
2704 Then_Statements => Copy_Into_R_S (I, I = Nb_Opnds)));
2705 end loop;
2707 Append_To
2708 (Declare_Stmts, Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc, Expression => R));
2710 -- Construct the declare block
2712 Declare_Block := Make_Block_Statement (Loc,
2713 Declarations => Declare_Decls,
2714 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
2715 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc, Declare_Stmts));
2717 -- Construct the list of function statements
2719 Func_Stmts := New_List (If_Stmt, Declare_Block);
2721 -- Construct the function body
2723 Func_Body :=
2724 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
2725 Specification => Func_Spec,
2726 Declarations => Func_Decls,
2727 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
2728 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc, Func_Stmts));
2730 -- Insert the newly generated function in the code. This is analyzed
2731 -- with all checks off, since we have completed all the checks.
2733 -- Note that this does *not* fix the array concatenation bug when the
2734 -- low bound is Integer'first sibce that bug comes from the pointer
2735 -- dereferencing an unconstrained array. And there we need a constraint
2736 -- check to make sure the length of the concatenated array is ok. ???
2738 Insert_Action (Cnode, Func_Body, Suppress => All_Checks);
2740 -- Construct list of arguments for the function call
2742 Params := New_List;
2743 Operand := First (Opnds);
2744 for I in 1 .. Nb_Opnds loop
2745 Append_To (Params, Relocate_Node (Operand));
2746 Next (Operand);
2747 end loop;
2749 -- Insert the function call
2751 Rewrite
2752 (Cnode,
2753 Make_Function_Call (Loc, New_Reference_To (Func_Id, Loc), Params));
2755 Analyze_And_Resolve (Cnode, Base_Typ);
2756 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Id);
2757 end Expand_Concatenate_Other;
2759 -------------------------------
2760 -- Expand_Concatenate_String --
2761 -------------------------------
2763 procedure Expand_Concatenate_String (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id) is
2764 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Cnode);
2765 Opnd1 : constant Node_Id := First (Opnds);
2766 Opnd2 : constant Node_Id := Next (Opnd1);
2767 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Opnd1));
2768 Typ2 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Opnd2));
2770 R : RE_Id;
2771 -- RE_Id value for function to be called
2773 begin
2774 -- In all cases, we build a call to a routine giving the list of
2775 -- arguments as the parameter list to the routine.
2777 case List_Length (Opnds) is
2778 when 2 =>
2779 if Typ1 = Standard_Character then
2780 if Typ2 = Standard_Character then
2781 R := RE_Str_Concat_CC;
2783 else
2784 pragma Assert (Typ2 = Standard_String);
2785 R := RE_Str_Concat_CS;
2786 end if;
2788 elsif Typ1 = Standard_String then
2789 if Typ2 = Standard_Character then
2790 R := RE_Str_Concat_SC;
2792 else
2793 pragma Assert (Typ2 = Standard_String);
2794 R := RE_Str_Concat;
2795 end if;
2797 -- If we have anything other than Standard_Character or
2798 -- Standard_String, then we must have had a serious error
2799 -- earlier, so we just abandon the attempt at expansion.
2801 else
2802 pragma Assert (Serious_Errors_Detected > 0);
2803 return;
2804 end if;
2806 when 3 =>
2807 R := RE_Str_Concat_3;
2809 when 4 =>
2810 R := RE_Str_Concat_4;
2812 when 5 =>
2813 R := RE_Str_Concat_5;
2815 when others =>
2816 R := RE_Null;
2817 raise Program_Error;
2818 end case;
2820 -- Now generate the appropriate call
2822 Rewrite (Cnode,
2823 Make_Function_Call (Sloc (Cnode),
2824 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (R), Loc),
2825 Parameter_Associations => Opnds));
2827 Analyze_And_Resolve (Cnode, Standard_String);
2829 exception
2830 when RE_Not_Available =>
2831 return;
2832 end Expand_Concatenate_String;
2834 ------------------------
2835 -- Expand_N_Allocator --
2836 ------------------------
2838 procedure Expand_N_Allocator (N : Node_Id) is
2839 PtrT : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
2840 Dtyp : constant Entity_Id := Designated_Type (PtrT);
2841 Etyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Expression (N));
2842 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
2843 Desig : Entity_Id;
2844 Temp : Entity_Id;
2845 Nod : Node_Id;
2847 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
2848 -- Generate finalization calls for all nested coextensions of N. This
2849 -- routine may allocate list controllers if necessary.
2851 procedure Rewrite_Coextension (N : Node_Id);
2852 -- Static coextensions have the same lifetime as the entity they
2853 -- constrain. Such occurrences can be rewritten as aliased objects
2854 -- and their unrestricted access used instead of the coextension.
2856 ---------------------------------------
2857 -- Complete_Coextension_Finalization --
2858 ---------------------------------------
2860 procedure Complete_Coextension_Finalization is
2861 Coext : Node_Id;
2862 Coext_Elmt : Elmt_Id;
2863 Flist : Node_Id;
2864 Ref : Node_Id;
2866 function Inside_A_Return_Statement (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
2867 -- Determine whether node N is part of a return statement
2869 function Needs_Initialization_Call (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
2870 -- Determine whether node N is a subtype indicator allocator which
2871 -- acts a coextension. Such coextensions need initialization.
2873 -------------------------------
2874 -- Inside_A_Return_Statement --
2875 -------------------------------
2877 function Inside_A_Return_Statement (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
2878 P : Node_Id;
2880 begin
2881 P := Parent (N);
2882 while Present (P) loop
2883 if Nkind_In
2884 (P, N_Extended_Return_Statement, N_Simple_Return_Statement)
2885 then
2886 return True;
2888 -- Stop the traversal when we reach a subprogram body
2890 elsif Nkind (P) = N_Subprogram_Body then
2891 return False;
2892 end if;
2894 P := Parent (P);
2895 end loop;
2897 return False;
2898 end Inside_A_Return_Statement;
2900 -------------------------------
2901 -- Needs_Initialization_Call --
2902 -------------------------------
2904 function Needs_Initialization_Call (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
2905 Obj_Decl : Node_Id;
2907 begin
2908 if Nkind (N) = N_Explicit_Dereference
2909 and then Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Identifier
2910 and then Nkind (Parent (Entity (Prefix (N)))) =
2911 N_Object_Declaration
2912 then
2913 Obj_Decl := Parent (Entity (Prefix (N)));
2915 return
2916 Present (Expression (Obj_Decl))
2917 and then Nkind (Expression (Obj_Decl)) = N_Allocator
2918 and then Nkind (Expression (Expression (Obj_Decl))) /=
2919 N_Qualified_Expression;
2920 end if;
2922 return False;
2923 end Needs_Initialization_Call;
2925 -- Start of processing for Complete_Coextension_Finalization
2927 begin
2928 -- When a coextension root is inside a return statement, we need to
2929 -- use the finalization chain of the function's scope. This does not
2930 -- apply for controlled named access types because in those cases we
2931 -- can use the finalization chain of the type itself.
2933 if Inside_A_Return_Statement (N)
2934 and then
2935 (Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
2936 or else
2937 (Ekind (PtrT) = E_Access_Type
2938 and then No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT))))
2939 then
2940 declare
2941 Decl : Node_Id;
2942 Outer_S : Entity_Id;
2943 S : Entity_Id := Current_Scope;
2945 begin
2946 while Present (S) and then S /= Standard_Standard loop
2947 if Ekind (S) = E_Function then
2948 Outer_S := Scope (S);
2950 -- Retrieve the declaration of the body
2952 Decl := Parent (Parent (
2953 Corresponding_Body (Parent (Parent (S)))));
2954 exit;
2955 end if;
2957 S := Scope (S);
2958 end loop;
2960 -- Push the scope of the function body since we are inserting
2961 -- the list before the body, but we are currently in the body
2962 -- itself. Override the finalization list of PtrT since the
2963 -- finalization context is now different.
2965 Push_Scope (Outer_S);
2966 Build_Final_List (Decl, PtrT);
2967 Pop_Scope;
2968 end;
2970 -- The root allocator may not be controlled, but it still needs a
2971 -- finalization list for all nested coextensions.
2973 elsif No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT)) then
2974 Build_Final_List (N, PtrT);
2975 end if;
2977 Flist :=
2978 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2979 Prefix =>
2980 New_Reference_To (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT), Loc),
2981 Selector_Name =>
2982 Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_F));
2984 Coext_Elmt := First_Elmt (Coextensions (N));
2985 while Present (Coext_Elmt) loop
2986 Coext := Node (Coext_Elmt);
2988 -- Generate:
2989 -- typ! (coext.all)
2991 if Nkind (Coext) = N_Identifier then
2992 Ref :=
2993 Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (Loc,
2994 Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Etype (Coext), Loc),
2995 Expression =>
2996 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
2997 Prefix => New_Copy_Tree (Coext)));
2998 else
2999 Ref := New_Copy_Tree (Coext);
3000 end if;
3002 -- No initialization call if not allowed
3004 Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3006 if not Restriction_Active (No_Default_Initialization) then
3008 -- Generate:
3009 -- initialize (Ref)
3010 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
3012 if Needs_Initialization_Call (Coext) then
3013 Insert_Actions (N,
3014 Make_Init_Call (
3015 Ref => Ref,
3016 Typ => Etype (Coext),
3017 Flist_Ref => Flist,
3018 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_2)));
3020 -- Generate:
3021 -- attach_to_final_list (Ref, Flist, 2)
3023 else
3024 Insert_Action (N,
3025 Make_Attach_Call (
3026 Obj_Ref => Ref,
3027 Flist_Ref => New_Copy_Tree (Flist),
3028 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_2)));
3029 end if;
3030 end if;
3032 Next_Elmt (Coext_Elmt);
3033 end loop;
3034 end Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
3036 -------------------------
3037 -- Rewrite_Coextension --
3038 -------------------------
3040 procedure Rewrite_Coextension (N : Node_Id) is
3041 Temp : constant Node_Id :=
3042 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
3043 New_Internal_Name ('C'));
3045 -- Generate:
3046 -- Cnn : aliased Etyp;
3048 Decl : constant Node_Id :=
3049 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3050 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3051 Aliased_Present => True,
3052 Object_Definition =>
3053 New_Occurrence_Of (Etyp, Loc));
3054 Nod : Node_Id;
3056 begin
3057 if Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression then
3058 Set_Expression (Decl, Expression (Expression (N)));
3059 end if;
3061 -- Find the proper insertion node for the declaration
3063 Nod := Parent (N);
3064 while Present (Nod) loop
3065 exit when Nkind (Nod) in N_Statement_Other_Than_Procedure_Call
3066 or else Nkind (Nod) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement
3067 or else Nkind (Nod) in N_Declaration;
3068 Nod := Parent (Nod);
3069 end loop;
3071 Insert_Before (Nod, Decl);
3072 Analyze (Decl);
3074 Rewrite (N,
3075 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3076 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
3077 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access));
3079 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3080 end Rewrite_Coextension;
3082 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Allocator
3084 begin
3085 -- RM E.2.3(22). We enforce that the expected type of an allocator
3086 -- shall not be a remote access-to-class-wide-limited-private type
3088 -- Why is this being done at expansion time, seems clearly wrong ???
3090 Validate_Remote_Access_To_Class_Wide_Type (N);
3092 -- Set the Storage Pool
3094 Set_Storage_Pool (N, Associated_Storage_Pool (Root_Type (PtrT)));
3096 if Present (Storage_Pool (N)) then
3097 if Is_RTE (Storage_Pool (N), RE_SS_Pool) then
3098 if VM_Target = No_VM then
3099 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N, RTE (RE_SS_Allocate));
3100 end if;
3102 elsif Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Storage_Pool (N))) then
3103 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N, RTE (RE_Allocate_Any));
3105 else
3106 Set_Procedure_To_Call (N,
3107 Find_Prim_Op (Etype (Storage_Pool (N)), Name_Allocate));
3108 end if;
3109 end if;
3111 -- Under certain circumstances we can replace an allocator by an access
3112 -- to statically allocated storage. The conditions, as noted in AARM
3113 -- 3.10 (10c) are as follows:
3115 -- Size and initial value is known at compile time
3116 -- Access type is access-to-constant
3118 -- The allocator is not part of a constraint on a record component,
3119 -- because in that case the inserted actions are delayed until the
3120 -- record declaration is fully analyzed, which is too late for the
3121 -- analysis of the rewritten allocator.
3123 if Is_Access_Constant (PtrT)
3124 and then Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression
3125 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Expression (Expression (N)))
3126 and then Size_Known_At_Compile_Time (Etype (Expression
3127 (Expression (N))))
3128 and then not Is_Record_Type (Current_Scope)
3129 then
3130 -- Here we can do the optimization. For the allocator
3132 -- new x'(y)
3134 -- We insert an object declaration
3136 -- Tnn : aliased x := y;
3138 -- and replace the allocator by Tnn'Unrestricted_Access. Tnn is
3139 -- marked as requiring static allocation.
3141 Temp :=
3142 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('T'));
3144 Desig := Subtype_Mark (Expression (N));
3146 -- If context is constrained, use constrained subtype directly,
3147 -- so that the constant is not labelled as having a nominally
3148 -- unconstrained subtype.
3150 if Entity (Desig) = Base_Type (Dtyp) then
3151 Desig := New_Occurrence_Of (Dtyp, Loc);
3152 end if;
3154 Insert_Action (N,
3155 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3156 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3157 Aliased_Present => True,
3158 Constant_Present => Is_Access_Constant (PtrT),
3159 Object_Definition => Desig,
3160 Expression => Expression (Expression (N))));
3162 Rewrite (N,
3163 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3164 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
3165 Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access));
3167 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3169 -- We set the variable as statically allocated, since we don't want
3170 -- it going on the stack of the current procedure!
3172 Set_Is_Statically_Allocated (Temp);
3173 return;
3174 end if;
3176 -- Same if the allocator is an access discriminant for a local object:
3177 -- instead of an allocator we create a local value and constrain the
3178 -- the enclosing object with the corresponding access attribute.
3180 if Is_Static_Coextension (N) then
3181 Rewrite_Coextension (N);
3182 return;
3183 end if;
3185 -- The current allocator creates an object which may contain nested
3186 -- coextensions. Use the current allocator's finalization list to
3187 -- generate finalization call for all nested coextensions.
3189 if Is_Coextension_Root (N) then
3190 Complete_Coextension_Finalization;
3191 end if;
3193 -- Handle case of qualified expression (other than optimization above)
3195 if Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression then
3196 Expand_Allocator_Expression (N);
3197 return;
3198 end if;
3200 -- If the allocator is for a type which requires initialization, and
3201 -- there is no initial value (i.e. operand is a subtype indication
3202 -- rather than a qualified expression), then we must generate a call to
3203 -- the initialization routine using an expressions action node:
3205 -- [Pnnn : constant ptr_T := new (T); Init (Pnnn.all,...); Pnnn]
3207 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and T is the
3208 -- subtype of the allocator. A special case arises if the designated
3209 -- type of the access type is a task or contains tasks. In this case
3210 -- the call to Init (Temp.all ...) is replaced by code that ensures
3211 -- that tasks get activated (see Exp_Ch9.Build_Task_Allocate_Block
3212 -- for details). In addition, if the type T is a task T, then the
3213 -- first argument to Init must be converted to the task record type.
3215 declare
3216 T : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Expression (N));
3217 Init : Entity_Id;
3218 Arg1 : Node_Id;
3219 Args : List_Id;
3220 Decls : List_Id;
3221 Decl : Node_Id;
3222 Discr : Elmt_Id;
3223 Flist : Node_Id;
3224 Temp_Decl : Node_Id;
3225 Temp_Type : Entity_Id;
3226 Attach_Level : Uint;
3228 begin
3229 if No_Initialization (N) then
3230 null;
3232 -- Case of no initialization procedure present
3234 elsif not Has_Non_Null_Base_Init_Proc (T) then
3236 -- Case of simple initialization required
3238 if Needs_Simple_Initialization (T) then
3239 Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3240 Rewrite (Expression (N),
3241 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
3242 Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (T, Loc),
3243 Expression => Get_Simple_Init_Val (T, N)));
3245 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (Expression (N)), T);
3246 Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (N), T);
3247 Set_Paren_Count (Expression (Expression (N)), 1);
3248 Expand_N_Allocator (N);
3250 -- No initialization required
3252 else
3253 null;
3254 end if;
3256 -- Case of initialization procedure present, must be called
3258 else
3259 Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3261 if not Restriction_Active (No_Default_Initialization) then
3262 Init := Base_Init_Proc (T);
3263 Nod := N;
3264 Temp := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('P'));
3266 -- Construct argument list for the initialization routine call
3268 Arg1 :=
3269 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
3270 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
3271 Set_Assignment_OK (Arg1);
3272 Temp_Type := PtrT;
3274 -- The initialization procedure expects a specific type. if the
3275 -- context is access to class wide, indicate that the object
3276 -- being allocated has the right specific type.
3278 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Dtyp) then
3279 Arg1 := Unchecked_Convert_To (T, Arg1);
3280 end if;
3282 -- If designated type is a concurrent type or if it is private
3283 -- type whose definition is a concurrent type, the first
3284 -- argument in the Init routine has to be unchecked conversion
3285 -- to the corresponding record type. If the designated type is
3286 -- a derived type, we also convert the argument to its root
3287 -- type.
3289 if Is_Concurrent_Type (T) then
3290 Arg1 :=
3291 Unchecked_Convert_To (Corresponding_Record_Type (T), Arg1);
3293 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
3294 and then Present (Full_View (T))
3295 and then Is_Concurrent_Type (Full_View (T))
3296 then
3297 Arg1 :=
3298 Unchecked_Convert_To
3299 (Corresponding_Record_Type (Full_View (T)), Arg1);
3301 elsif Etype (First_Formal (Init)) /= Base_Type (T) then
3302 declare
3303 Ftyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Init));
3304 begin
3305 Arg1 := OK_Convert_To (Etype (Ftyp), Arg1);
3306 Set_Etype (Arg1, Ftyp);
3307 end;
3308 end if;
3310 Args := New_List (Arg1);
3312 -- For the task case, pass the Master_Id of the access type as
3313 -- the value of the _Master parameter, and _Chain as the value
3314 -- of the _Chain parameter (_Chain will be defined as part of
3315 -- the generated code for the allocator).
3317 -- In Ada 2005, the context may be a function that returns an
3318 -- anonymous access type. In that case the Master_Id has been
3319 -- created when expanding the function declaration.
3321 if Has_Task (T) then
3322 if No (Master_Id (Base_Type (PtrT))) then
3324 -- If we have a non-library level task with restriction
3325 -- No_Task_Hierarchy set, then no point in expanding.
3327 if not Is_Library_Level_Entity (T)
3328 and then Restriction_Active (No_Task_Hierarchy)
3329 then
3330 return;
3331 end if;
3333 -- The designated type was an incomplete type, and the
3334 -- access type did not get expanded. Salvage it now.
3336 pragma Assert (Present (Parent (Base_Type (PtrT))));
3337 Expand_N_Full_Type_Declaration
3338 (Parent (Base_Type (PtrT)));
3339 end if;
3341 -- If the context of the allocator is a declaration or an
3342 -- assignment, we can generate a meaningful image for it,
3343 -- even though subsequent assignments might remove the
3344 -- connection between task and entity. We build this image
3345 -- when the left-hand side is a simple variable, a simple
3346 -- indexed assignment or a simple selected component.
3348 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
3349 declare
3350 Nam : constant Node_Id := Name (Parent (N));
3352 begin
3353 if Is_Entity_Name (Nam) then
3354 Decls :=
3355 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3356 (Loc,
3357 New_Occurrence_Of
3358 (Entity (Nam), Sloc (Nam)), T);
3360 elsif Nkind_In
3361 (Nam, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component)
3362 and then Is_Entity_Name (Prefix (Nam))
3363 then
3364 Decls :=
3365 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3366 (Loc, Nam, Etype (Prefix (Nam)));
3367 else
3368 Decls := Build_Task_Image_Decls (Loc, T, T);
3369 end if;
3370 end;
3372 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Object_Declaration then
3373 Decls :=
3374 Build_Task_Image_Decls
3375 (Loc, Defining_Identifier (Parent (N)), T);
3377 else
3378 Decls := Build_Task_Image_Decls (Loc, T, T);
3379 end if;
3381 Append_To (Args,
3382 New_Reference_To
3383 (Master_Id (Base_Type (Root_Type (PtrT))), Loc));
3384 Append_To (Args, Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uChain));
3386 Decl := Last (Decls);
3387 Append_To (Args,
3388 New_Occurrence_Of (Defining_Identifier (Decl), Loc));
3390 -- Has_Task is false, Decls not used
3392 else
3393 Decls := No_List;
3394 end if;
3396 -- Add discriminants if discriminated type
3398 declare
3399 Dis : Boolean := False;
3400 Typ : Entity_Id;
3402 begin
3403 if Has_Discriminants (T) then
3404 Dis := True;
3405 Typ := T;
3407 elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
3408 and then Present (Full_View (T))
3409 and then Has_Discriminants (Full_View (T))
3410 then
3411 Dis := True;
3412 Typ := Full_View (T);
3413 end if;
3415 if Dis then
3417 -- If the allocated object will be constrained by the
3418 -- default values for discriminants, then build a subtype
3419 -- with those defaults, and change the allocated subtype
3420 -- to that. Note that this happens in fewer cases in Ada
3421 -- 2005 (AI-363).
3423 if not Is_Constrained (Typ)
3424 and then Present (Discriminant_Default_Value
3425 (First_Discriminant (Typ)))
3426 and then (Ada_Version < Ada_05
3427 or else
3428 not Has_Constrained_Partial_View (Typ))
3429 then
3430 Typ := Build_Default_Subtype (Typ, N);
3431 Set_Expression (N, New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc));
3432 end if;
3434 Discr := First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (Typ));
3435 while Present (Discr) loop
3436 Nod := Node (Discr);
3437 Append (New_Copy_Tree (Node (Discr)), Args);
3439 -- AI-416: when the discriminant constraint is an
3440 -- anonymous access type make sure an accessibility
3441 -- check is inserted if necessary (3.10.2(22.q/2))
3443 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
3444 and then
3445 Ekind (Etype (Nod)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3446 then
3447 Apply_Accessibility_Check
3448 (Nod, Typ, Insert_Node => Nod);
3449 end if;
3451 Next_Elmt (Discr);
3452 end loop;
3453 end if;
3454 end;
3456 -- We set the allocator as analyzed so that when we analyze the
3457 -- expression actions node, we do not get an unwanted recursive
3458 -- expansion of the allocator expression.
3460 Set_Analyzed (N, True);
3461 Nod := Relocate_Node (N);
3463 -- Here is the transformation:
3464 -- input: new T
3465 -- output: Temp : constant ptr_T := new T;
3466 -- Init (Temp.all, ...);
3467 -- <CTRL> Attach_To_Final_List (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3468 -- <CTRL> Initialize (Finalizable (Temp.all));
3470 -- Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and is the
3471 -- subtype of the allocator.
3473 Temp_Decl :=
3474 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3475 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3476 Constant_Present => True,
3477 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Temp_Type, Loc),
3478 Expression => Nod);
3480 Set_Assignment_OK (Temp_Decl);
3481 Insert_Action (N, Temp_Decl, Suppress => All_Checks);
3483 -- If the designated type is a task type or contains tasks,
3484 -- create block to activate created tasks, and insert
3485 -- declaration for Task_Image variable ahead of call.
3487 if Has_Task (T) then
3488 declare
3489 L : constant List_Id := New_List;
3490 Blk : Node_Id;
3491 begin
3492 Build_Task_Allocate_Block (L, Nod, Args);
3493 Blk := Last (L);
3494 Insert_List_Before (First (Declarations (Blk)), Decls);
3495 Insert_Actions (N, L);
3496 end;
3498 else
3499 Insert_Action (N,
3500 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
3501 Name => New_Reference_To (Init, Loc),
3502 Parameter_Associations => Args));
3503 end if;
3505 if Needs_Finalization (T) then
3507 -- Postpone the generation of a finalization call for the
3508 -- current allocator if it acts as a coextension.
3510 if Is_Dynamic_Coextension (N) then
3511 if No (Coextensions (N)) then
3512 Set_Coextensions (N, New_Elmt_List);
3513 end if;
3515 Append_Elmt (New_Copy_Tree (Arg1), Coextensions (N));
3517 else
3518 Flist :=
3519 Get_Allocator_Final_List (N, Base_Type (T), PtrT);
3521 -- Anonymous access types created for access parameters
3522 -- are attached to an explicitly constructed controller,
3523 -- which ensures that they can be finalized properly,
3524 -- even if their deallocation might not happen. The list
3525 -- associated with the controller is doubly-linked. For
3526 -- other anonymous access types, the object may end up
3527 -- on the global final list which is singly-linked.
3528 -- Work needed for access discriminants in Ada 2005 ???
3530 if Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3531 and then
3532 Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT))
3533 not in N_Subprogram_Specification
3534 then
3535 Attach_Level := Uint_1;
3536 else
3537 Attach_Level := Uint_2;
3538 end if;
3540 Insert_Actions (N,
3541 Make_Init_Call (
3542 Ref => New_Copy_Tree (Arg1),
3543 Typ => T,
3544 Flist_Ref => Flist,
3545 With_Attach => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
3546 Intval => Attach_Level)));
3547 end if;
3548 end if;
3550 Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
3551 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3552 end if;
3553 end if;
3554 end;
3556 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the allocator is for a class-wide interface
3557 -- object that has been rewritten as a reference, we displace "this"
3558 -- to reference properly its secondary dispatch table.
3560 if Nkind (N) = N_Identifier
3561 and then Is_Interface (Dtyp)
3562 then
3563 Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N);
3564 end if;
3566 exception
3567 when RE_Not_Available =>
3568 return;
3569 end Expand_N_Allocator;
3571 -----------------------
3572 -- Expand_N_And_Then --
3573 -----------------------
3575 -- Expand into conditional expression if Actions present, and also deal
3576 -- with optimizing case of arguments being True or False.
3578 procedure Expand_N_And_Then (N : Node_Id) is
3579 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3580 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
3581 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
3582 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
3583 Actlist : List_Id;
3585 begin
3586 -- Deal with non-standard booleans
3588 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
3589 Adjust_Condition (Left);
3590 Adjust_Condition (Right);
3591 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
3592 end if;
3594 -- Check for cases where left argument is known to be True or False
3596 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Left) then
3598 -- If left argument is True, change (True and then Right) to Right.
3599 -- Any actions associated with Right will be executed unconditionally
3600 -- and can thus be inserted into the tree unconditionally.
3602 if Expr_Value_E (Left) = Standard_True then
3603 if Present (Actions (N)) then
3604 Insert_Actions (N, Actions (N));
3605 end if;
3607 Rewrite (N, Right);
3609 -- If left argument is False, change (False and then Right) to False.
3610 -- In this case we can forget the actions associated with Right,
3611 -- since they will never be executed.
3613 else pragma Assert (Expr_Value_E (Left) = Standard_False);
3614 Kill_Dead_Code (Right);
3615 Kill_Dead_Code (Actions (N));
3616 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
3617 end if;
3619 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3620 return;
3621 end if;
3623 -- If Actions are present, we expand
3625 -- left and then right
3627 -- into
3629 -- if left then right else false end
3631 -- with the actions becoming the Then_Actions of the conditional
3632 -- expression. This conditional expression is then further expanded
3633 -- (and will eventually disappear)
3635 if Present (Actions (N)) then
3636 Actlist := Actions (N);
3637 Rewrite (N,
3638 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
3639 Expressions => New_List (
3640 Left,
3641 Right,
3642 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc))));
3644 Set_Then_Actions (N, Actlist);
3645 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
3646 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3647 return;
3648 end if;
3650 -- No actions present, check for cases of right argument True/False
3652 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right) then
3654 -- Change (Left and then True) to Left. Note that we know there are
3655 -- no actions associated with the True operand, since we just checked
3656 -- for this case above.
3658 if Expr_Value_E (Right) = Standard_True then
3659 Rewrite (N, Left);
3661 -- Change (Left and then False) to False, making sure to preserve any
3662 -- side effects associated with the Left operand.
3664 else pragma Assert (Expr_Value_E (Right) = Standard_False);
3665 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
3666 Rewrite
3667 (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
3668 end if;
3669 end if;
3671 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
3672 end Expand_N_And_Then;
3674 -------------------------------------
3675 -- Expand_N_Conditional_Expression --
3676 -------------------------------------
3678 -- Expand into expression actions if then/else actions present
3680 procedure Expand_N_Conditional_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
3681 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3682 Cond : constant Node_Id := First (Expressions (N));
3683 Thenx : constant Node_Id := Next (Cond);
3684 Elsex : constant Node_Id := Next (Thenx);
3685 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
3686 Cnn : Entity_Id;
3687 New_If : Node_Id;
3689 begin
3690 -- If either then or else actions are present, then given:
3692 -- if cond then then-expr else else-expr end
3694 -- we insert the following sequence of actions (using Insert_Actions):
3696 -- Cnn : typ;
3697 -- if cond then
3698 -- <<then actions>>
3699 -- Cnn := then-expr;
3700 -- else
3701 -- <<else actions>>
3702 -- Cnn := else-expr
3703 -- end if;
3705 -- and replace the conditional expression by a reference to Cnn
3707 if Present (Then_Actions (N)) or else Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
3708 Cnn := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('C'));
3710 New_If :=
3711 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (N,
3712 Condition => Relocate_Node (Cond),
3714 Then_Statements => New_List (
3715 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Thenx),
3716 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Thenx)),
3717 Expression => Relocate_Node (Thenx))),
3719 Else_Statements => New_List (
3720 Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Elsex),
3721 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Elsex)),
3722 Expression => Relocate_Node (Elsex))));
3724 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (First (Then_Statements (New_If))));
3725 Set_Assignment_OK (Name (First (Else_Statements (New_If))));
3727 if Present (Then_Actions (N)) then
3728 Insert_List_Before
3729 (First (Then_Statements (New_If)), Then_Actions (N));
3730 end if;
3732 if Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
3733 Insert_List_Before
3734 (First (Else_Statements (New_If)), Else_Actions (N));
3735 end if;
3737 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Loc));
3739 Insert_Action (N,
3740 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3741 Defining_Identifier => Cnn,
3742 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc)));
3744 Insert_Action (N, New_If);
3745 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
3746 end if;
3747 end Expand_N_Conditional_Expression;
3749 -----------------------------------
3750 -- Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference --
3751 -----------------------------------
3753 procedure Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference (N : Node_Id) is
3754 begin
3755 -- Insert explicit dereference call for the checked storage pool case
3757 Insert_Dereference_Action (Prefix (N));
3758 end Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference;
3760 -----------------
3761 -- Expand_N_In --
3762 -----------------
3764 procedure Expand_N_In (N : Node_Id) is
3765 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3766 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
3767 Lop : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
3768 Rop : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
3769 Static : constant Boolean := Is_OK_Static_Expression (N);
3771 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check;
3772 -- Replaces node N by Lop'Valid. This is done when we have an explicit
3773 -- test for the left operand being in range of its subtype.
3775 ----------------------------
3776 -- Substitute_Valid_Check --
3777 ----------------------------
3779 procedure Substitute_Valid_Check is
3780 begin
3781 Rewrite (N,
3782 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3783 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Lop),
3784 Attribute_Name => Name_Valid));
3786 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3788 Error_Msg_N ("?explicit membership test may be optimized away", N);
3789 Error_Msg_N ("\?use ''Valid attribute instead", N);
3790 return;
3791 end Substitute_Valid_Check;
3793 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_In
3795 begin
3796 -- Check case of explicit test for an expression in range of its
3797 -- subtype. This is suspicious usage and we replace it with a 'Valid
3798 -- test and give a warning.
3800 if Is_Scalar_Type (Etype (Lop))
3801 and then Nkind (Rop) in N_Has_Entity
3802 and then Etype (Lop) = Entity (Rop)
3803 and then Comes_From_Source (N)
3804 and then VM_Target = No_VM
3805 then
3806 Substitute_Valid_Check;
3807 return;
3808 end if;
3810 -- Do validity check on operands
3812 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
3813 Ensure_Valid (Left_Opnd (N));
3814 Validity_Check_Range (Right_Opnd (N));
3815 end if;
3817 -- Case of explicit range
3819 if Nkind (Rop) = N_Range then
3820 declare
3821 Lo : constant Node_Id := Low_Bound (Rop);
3822 Hi : constant Node_Id := High_Bound (Rop);
3824 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lop);
3826 Lo_Orig : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (Lo);
3827 Hi_Orig : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (Hi);
3829 Lcheck : constant Compare_Result :=
3830 Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Lo, Assume_Valid => True);
3831 Ucheck : constant Compare_Result :=
3832 Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Hi, Assume_Valid => True);
3834 Warn1 : constant Boolean :=
3835 Constant_Condition_Warnings
3836 and then Comes_From_Source (N);
3837 -- This must be true for any of the optimization warnings, we
3838 -- clearly want to give them only for source with the flag on.
3840 Warn2 : constant Boolean :=
3841 Warn1
3842 and then Nkind (Original_Node (Rop)) = N_Range
3843 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Lo));
3844 -- For the case where only one bound warning is elided, we also
3845 -- insist on an explicit range and an integer type. The reason is
3846 -- that the use of enumeration ranges including an end point is
3847 -- common, as is the use of a subtype name, one of whose bounds
3848 -- is the same as the type of the expression.
3850 begin
3851 -- If test is explicit x'first .. x'last, replace by valid check
3853 if Is_Scalar_Type (Ltyp)
3854 and then Nkind (Lo_Orig) = N_Attribute_Reference
3855 and then Attribute_Name (Lo_Orig) = Name_First
3856 and then Nkind (Prefix (Lo_Orig)) in N_Has_Entity
3857 and then Entity (Prefix (Lo_Orig)) = Ltyp
3858 and then Nkind (Hi_Orig) = N_Attribute_Reference
3859 and then Attribute_Name (Hi_Orig) = Name_Last
3860 and then Nkind (Prefix (Hi_Orig)) in N_Has_Entity
3861 and then Entity (Prefix (Hi_Orig)) = Ltyp
3862 and then Comes_From_Source (N)
3863 and then VM_Target = No_VM
3864 then
3865 Substitute_Valid_Check;
3866 return;
3867 end if;
3869 -- If bounds of type are known at compile time, and the end points
3870 -- are known at compile time and identical, this is another case
3871 -- for substituting a valid test. We only do this for discrete
3872 -- types, since it won't arise in practice for float types.
3874 if Comes_From_Source (N)
3875 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Ltyp)
3876 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (Ltyp))
3877 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Ltyp))
3878 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
3879 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
3880 and then Expr_Value (Type_High_Bound (Ltyp)) = Expr_Value (Hi)
3881 and then Expr_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Ltyp)) = Expr_Value (Lo)
3883 -- Kill warnings in instances, since they may be cases where we
3884 -- have a test in the generic that makes sense with some types
3885 -- and not with other types.
3887 and then not In_Instance
3888 then
3889 Substitute_Valid_Check;
3890 return;
3891 end if;
3893 -- If we have an explicit range, do a bit of optimization based
3894 -- on range analysis (we may be able to kill one or both checks).
3896 -- If either check is known to fail, replace result by False since
3897 -- the other check does not matter. Preserve the static flag for
3898 -- legality checks, because we are constant-folding beyond RM 4.9.
3900 if Lcheck = LT or else Ucheck = GT then
3901 if Warn1 and then not In_Instance then
3902 Error_Msg_N ("?range test optimized away", N);
3903 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be out of range", N);
3904 end if;
3906 Rewrite (N,
3907 New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc));
3908 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3909 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, Static);
3911 return;
3913 -- If both checks are known to succeed, replace result by True,
3914 -- since we know we are in range.
3916 elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE and then Ucheck in Compare_LE then
3917 if Warn1 and then not In_Instance then
3918 Error_Msg_N ("?range test optimized away", N);
3919 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", N);
3920 end if;
3922 Rewrite (N,
3923 New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc));
3924 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3925 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, Static);
3927 return;
3929 -- If lower bound check succeeds and upper bound check is not
3930 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
3931 -- a comparison against the upper bound.
3933 elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE then
3934 if Warn2 and then not In_Instance then
3935 Error_Msg_N ("?lower bound test optimized away", Lo);
3936 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", Lo);
3937 end if;
3939 Rewrite (N,
3940 Make_Op_Le (Loc,
3941 Left_Opnd => Lop,
3942 Right_Opnd => High_Bound (Rop)));
3943 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3945 return;
3947 -- If upper bound check succeeds and lower bound check is not
3948 -- known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
3949 -- a comparison against the lower bound.
3951 elsif Ucheck in Compare_LE then
3952 if Warn2 and then not In_Instance then
3953 Error_Msg_N ("?upper bound test optimized away", Hi);
3954 Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", Hi);
3955 end if;
3957 Rewrite (N,
3958 Make_Op_Ge (Loc,
3959 Left_Opnd => Lop,
3960 Right_Opnd => Low_Bound (Rop)));
3961 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3963 return;
3964 end if;
3965 end;
3967 -- For all other cases of an explicit range, nothing to be done
3969 return;
3971 -- Here right operand is a subtype mark
3973 else
3974 declare
3975 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (Rop);
3976 Is_Acc : constant Boolean := Is_Access_Type (Typ);
3977 Obj : Node_Id := Lop;
3978 Cond : Node_Id := Empty;
3980 begin
3981 Remove_Side_Effects (Obj);
3983 -- For tagged type, do tagged membership operation
3985 if Is_Tagged_Type (Typ) then
3987 -- No expansion will be performed when VM_Target, as the VM
3988 -- back-ends will handle the membership tests directly (tags
3989 -- are not explicitly represented in Java objects, so the
3990 -- normal tagged membership expansion is not what we want).
3992 if VM_Target = No_VM then
3993 Rewrite (N, Tagged_Membership (N));
3994 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
3995 end if;
3997 return;
3999 -- If type is scalar type, rewrite as x in t'first .. t'last.
4000 -- This reason we do this is that the bounds may have the wrong
4001 -- type if they come from the original type definition.
4003 elsif Is_Scalar_Type (Typ) then
4004 Rewrite (Rop,
4005 Make_Range (Loc,
4006 Low_Bound =>
4007 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4008 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
4009 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
4011 High_Bound =>
4012 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4013 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
4014 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))));
4015 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4016 return;
4018 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
4019 -- a membership test if the subtype mark denotes a constrained
4020 -- Unchecked_Union subtype and the expression lacks inferable
4021 -- discriminants.
4023 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Typ))
4024 and then Is_Constrained (Typ)
4025 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Lop)
4026 then
4027 Insert_Action (N,
4028 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
4029 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
4031 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting
4032 -- the test as a standard False.
4034 Rewrite (N,
4035 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
4037 return;
4038 end if;
4040 -- Here we have a non-scalar type
4042 if Is_Acc then
4043 Typ := Designated_Type (Typ);
4044 end if;
4046 if not Is_Constrained (Typ) then
4047 Rewrite (N,
4048 New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc));
4049 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4051 -- For the constrained array case, we have to check the subscripts
4052 -- for an exact match if the lengths are non-zero (the lengths
4053 -- must match in any case).
4055 elsif Is_Array_Type (Typ) then
4057 Check_Subscripts : declare
4058 function Construct_Attribute_Reference
4059 (E : Node_Id;
4060 Nam : Name_Id;
4061 Dim : Nat) return Node_Id;
4062 -- Build attribute reference E'Nam(Dim)
4064 -----------------------------------
4065 -- Construct_Attribute_Reference --
4066 -----------------------------------
4068 function Construct_Attribute_Reference
4069 (E : Node_Id;
4070 Nam : Name_Id;
4071 Dim : Nat) return Node_Id
4073 begin
4074 return
4075 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4076 Prefix => E,
4077 Attribute_Name => Nam,
4078 Expressions => New_List (
4079 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Dim)));
4080 end Construct_Attribute_Reference;
4082 -- Start processing for Check_Subscripts
4084 begin
4085 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Typ) loop
4086 Evolve_And_Then (Cond,
4087 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4088 Left_Opnd =>
4089 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4090 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Obj),
4091 Name_First, J),
4092 Right_Opnd =>
4093 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4094 (New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc), Name_First, J)));
4096 Evolve_And_Then (Cond,
4097 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4098 Left_Opnd =>
4099 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4100 (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Obj),
4101 Name_Last, J),
4102 Right_Opnd =>
4103 Construct_Attribute_Reference
4104 (New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc), Name_Last, J)));
4105 end loop;
4107 if Is_Acc then
4108 Cond :=
4109 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
4110 Left_Opnd =>
4111 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4112 Left_Opnd => Obj,
4113 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
4114 Right_Opnd => Cond);
4115 end if;
4117 Rewrite (N, Cond);
4118 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4119 end Check_Subscripts;
4121 -- These are the cases where constraint checks may be required,
4122 -- e.g. records with possible discriminants
4124 else
4125 -- Expand the test into a series of discriminant comparisons.
4126 -- The expression that is built is the negation of the one that
4127 -- is used for checking discriminant constraints.
4129 Obj := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
4131 if Has_Discriminants (Typ) then
4132 Cond := Make_Op_Not (Loc,
4133 Right_Opnd => Build_Discriminant_Checks (Obj, Typ));
4135 if Is_Acc then
4136 Cond := Make_Or_Else (Loc,
4137 Left_Opnd =>
4138 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4139 Left_Opnd => Obj,
4140 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
4141 Right_Opnd => Cond);
4142 end if;
4144 else
4145 Cond := New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc);
4146 end if;
4148 Rewrite (N, Cond);
4149 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Rtyp);
4150 end if;
4151 end;
4152 end if;
4153 end Expand_N_In;
4155 --------------------------------
4156 -- Expand_N_Indexed_Component --
4157 --------------------------------
4159 procedure Expand_N_Indexed_Component (N : Node_Id) is
4160 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4161 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4162 P : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
4163 T : constant Entity_Id := Etype (P);
4165 begin
4166 -- A special optimization, if we have an indexed component that is
4167 -- selecting from a slice, then we can eliminate the slice, since, for
4168 -- example, x (i .. j)(k) is identical to x(k). The only difference is
4169 -- the range check required by the slice. The range check for the slice
4170 -- itself has already been generated. The range check for the
4171 -- subscripting operation is ensured by converting the subject to
4172 -- the subtype of the slice.
4174 -- This optimization not only generates better code, avoiding slice
4175 -- messing especially in the packed case, but more importantly bypasses
4176 -- some problems in handling this peculiar case, for example, the issue
4177 -- of dealing specially with object renamings.
4179 if Nkind (P) = N_Slice then
4180 Rewrite (N,
4181 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
4182 Prefix => Prefix (P),
4183 Expressions => New_List (
4184 Convert_To
4185 (Etype (First_Index (Etype (P))),
4186 First (Expressions (N))))));
4187 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4188 return;
4189 end if;
4191 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
4192 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
4194 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
4195 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (P)
4196 then
4197 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (P);
4198 end if;
4200 -- If the prefix is an access type, then we unconditionally rewrite if
4201 -- as an explicit deference. This simplifies processing for several
4202 -- cases, including packed array cases and certain cases in which checks
4203 -- must be generated. We used to try to do this only when it was
4204 -- necessary, but it cleans up the code to do it all the time.
4206 if Is_Access_Type (T) then
4207 Insert_Explicit_Dereference (P);
4208 Analyze_And_Resolve (P, Designated_Type (T));
4209 end if;
4211 -- Generate index and validity checks
4213 Generate_Index_Checks (N);
4215 if Validity_Checks_On and then Validity_Check_Subscripts then
4216 Apply_Subscript_Validity_Checks (N);
4217 end if;
4219 -- All done for the non-packed case
4221 if not Is_Packed (Etype (Prefix (N))) then
4222 return;
4223 end if;
4225 -- For packed arrays that are not bit-packed (i.e. the case of an array
4226 -- with one or more index types with a non-contiguous enumeration type),
4227 -- we can always use the normal packed element get circuit.
4229 if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Etype (Prefix (N))) then
4230 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4231 return;
4232 end if;
4234 -- For a reference to a component of a bit packed array, we have to
4235 -- convert it to a reference to the corresponding Packed_Array_Type.
4236 -- We only want to do this for simple references, and not for:
4238 -- Left side of assignment, or prefix of left side of assignment, or
4239 -- prefix of the prefix, to handle packed arrays of packed arrays,
4240 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch5.Expand_N_Assignment_Statement
4242 -- Renaming objects in renaming associations
4243 -- This case is handled when a use of the renamed variable occurs
4245 -- Actual parameters for a procedure call
4246 -- This case is handled in Exp_Ch6.Expand_Actuals
4248 -- The second expression in a 'Read attribute reference
4250 -- The prefix of an address or size attribute reference
4252 -- The following circuit detects these exceptions
4254 declare
4255 Child : Node_Id := N;
4256 Parnt : Node_Id := Parent (N);
4258 begin
4259 loop
4260 if Nkind (Parnt) = N_Unchecked_Expression then
4261 null;
4263 elsif Nkind_In (Parnt, N_Object_Renaming_Declaration,
4264 N_Procedure_Call_Statement)
4265 or else (Nkind (Parnt) = N_Parameter_Association
4266 and then
4267 Nkind (Parent (Parnt)) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement)
4268 then
4269 return;
4271 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Attribute_Reference
4272 and then (Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Address
4273 or else
4274 Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Size)
4275 and then Prefix (Parnt) = Child
4276 then
4277 return;
4279 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Assignment_Statement
4280 and then Name (Parnt) = Child
4281 then
4282 return;
4284 -- If the expression is an index of an indexed component, it must
4285 -- be expanded regardless of context.
4287 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Indexed_Component
4288 and then Child /= Prefix (Parnt)
4289 then
4290 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4291 return;
4293 elsif Nkind (Parent (Parnt)) = N_Assignment_Statement
4294 and then Name (Parent (Parnt)) = Parnt
4295 then
4296 return;
4298 elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Attribute_Reference
4299 and then Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Read
4300 and then Next (First (Expressions (Parnt))) = Child
4301 then
4302 return;
4304 elsif Nkind_In (Parnt, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component)
4305 and then Prefix (Parnt) = Child
4306 then
4307 null;
4309 else
4310 Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
4311 return;
4312 end if;
4314 -- Keep looking up tree for unchecked expression, or if we are the
4315 -- prefix of a possible assignment left side.
4317 Child := Parnt;
4318 Parnt := Parent (Child);
4319 end loop;
4320 end;
4321 end Expand_N_Indexed_Component;
4323 ---------------------
4324 -- Expand_N_Not_In --
4325 ---------------------
4327 -- Replace a not in b by not (a in b) so that the expansions for (a in b)
4328 -- can be done. This avoids needing to duplicate this expansion code.
4330 procedure Expand_N_Not_In (N : Node_Id) is
4331 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4332 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4333 Cfs : constant Boolean := Comes_From_Source (N);
4335 begin
4336 Rewrite (N,
4337 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
4338 Right_Opnd =>
4339 Make_In (Loc,
4340 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
4341 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N))));
4343 -- We want this to appear as coming from source if original does (see
4344 -- transformations in Expand_N_In).
4346 Set_Comes_From_Source (N, Cfs);
4347 Set_Comes_From_Source (Right_Opnd (N), Cfs);
4349 -- Now analyze transformed node
4351 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4352 end Expand_N_Not_In;
4354 -------------------
4355 -- Expand_N_Null --
4356 -------------------
4358 -- The only replacement required is for the case of a null of type that is
4359 -- an access to protected subprogram. We represent such access values as a
4360 -- record, and so we must replace the occurrence of null by the equivalent
4361 -- record (with a null address and a null pointer in it), so that the
4362 -- backend creates the proper value.
4364 procedure Expand_N_Null (N : Node_Id) is
4365 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4366 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4367 Agg : Node_Id;
4369 begin
4370 if Is_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type (Typ) then
4371 Agg :=
4372 Make_Aggregate (Loc,
4373 Expressions => New_List (
4374 New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (RE_Null_Address), Loc),
4375 Make_Null (Loc)));
4377 Rewrite (N, Agg);
4378 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Equivalent_Type (Typ));
4380 -- For subsequent semantic analysis, the node must retain its type.
4381 -- Gigi in any case replaces this type by the corresponding record
4382 -- type before processing the node.
4384 Set_Etype (N, Typ);
4385 end if;
4387 exception
4388 when RE_Not_Available =>
4389 return;
4390 end Expand_N_Null;
4392 ---------------------
4393 -- Expand_N_Op_Abs --
4394 ---------------------
4396 procedure Expand_N_Op_Abs (N : Node_Id) is
4397 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4398 Expr : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
4400 begin
4401 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4403 -- Deal with software overflow checking
4405 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
4406 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
4407 and then Do_Overflow_Check (N)
4408 then
4409 -- The only case to worry about is when the argument is equal to the
4410 -- largest negative number, so what we do is to insert the check:
4412 -- [constraint_error when Expr = typ'Base'First]
4414 -- with the usual Duplicate_Subexpr use coding for expr
4416 Insert_Action (N,
4417 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
4418 Condition =>
4419 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
4420 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Expr),
4421 Right_Opnd =>
4422 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4423 Prefix =>
4424 New_Occurrence_Of (Base_Type (Etype (Expr)), Loc),
4425 Attribute_Name => Name_First)),
4426 Reason => CE_Overflow_Check_Failed));
4427 end if;
4429 -- Vax floating-point types case
4431 if Vax_Float (Etype (N)) then
4432 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
4433 end if;
4434 end Expand_N_Op_Abs;
4436 ---------------------
4437 -- Expand_N_Op_Add --
4438 ---------------------
4440 procedure Expand_N_Op_Add (N : Node_Id) is
4441 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4443 begin
4444 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4446 -- N + 0 = 0 + N = N for integer types
4448 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
4449 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right_Opnd (N))
4450 and then Expr_Value (Right_Opnd (N)) = Uint_0
4451 then
4452 Rewrite (N, Left_Opnd (N));
4453 return;
4455 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value (Left_Opnd (N))
4456 and then Expr_Value (Left_Opnd (N)) = Uint_0
4457 then
4458 Rewrite (N, Right_Opnd (N));
4459 return;
4460 end if;
4461 end if;
4463 -- Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
4465 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Typ)
4466 or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ)
4467 then
4468 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
4469 return;
4471 -- Vax floating-point types case
4473 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
4474 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
4475 end if;
4476 end Expand_N_Op_Add;
4478 ---------------------
4479 -- Expand_N_Op_And --
4480 ---------------------
4482 procedure Expand_N_Op_And (N : Node_Id) is
4483 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4485 begin
4486 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4488 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
4489 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
4491 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
4492 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
4493 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
4494 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
4495 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
4496 end if;
4497 end Expand_N_Op_And;
4499 ------------------------
4500 -- Expand_N_Op_Concat --
4501 ------------------------
4503 Max_Available_String_Operands : Int := -1;
4504 -- This is initialized the first time this routine is called. It records
4505 -- a value of 0,2,3,4,5 depending on what Str_Concat_n procedures are
4506 -- available in the run-time:
4508 -- 0 None available
4509 -- 2 RE_Str_Concat available, RE_Str_Concat_3 not available
4510 -- 3 RE_Str_Concat/Concat_2 available, RE_Str_Concat_4 not available
4511 -- 4 RE_Str_Concat/Concat_2/3 available, RE_Str_Concat_5 not available
4512 -- 5 All routines including RE_Str_Concat_5 available
4514 Char_Concat_Available : Boolean;
4515 -- Records if the routines RE_Str_Concat_CC/CS/SC are available. True if
4516 -- all three are available, False if any one of these is unavailable.
4518 procedure Expand_N_Op_Concat (N : Node_Id) is
4519 Opnds : List_Id;
4520 -- List of operands to be concatenated
4522 Opnd : Node_Id;
4523 -- Single operand for concatenation
4525 Cnode : Node_Id;
4526 -- Node which is to be replaced by the result of concatenating the nodes
4527 -- in the list Opnds.
4529 Atyp : Entity_Id;
4530 -- Array type of concatenation result type
4532 Ctyp : Entity_Id;
4533 -- Component type of concatenation represented by Cnode
4535 begin
4536 -- Initialize global variables showing run-time status
4538 if Max_Available_String_Operands < 1 then
4540 -- See what routines are available and set max operand count
4541 -- according to the highest count available in the run-time.
4543 if not RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat) then
4544 Max_Available_String_Operands := 0;
4546 elsif not RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_3) then
4547 Max_Available_String_Operands := 2;
4549 elsif not RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_4) then
4550 Max_Available_String_Operands := 3;
4552 elsif not RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_5) then
4553 Max_Available_String_Operands := 4;
4555 else
4556 Max_Available_String_Operands := 5;
4557 end if;
4559 Char_Concat_Available :=
4560 RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_CC)
4561 and then
4562 RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_CS)
4563 and then
4564 RTE_Available (RE_Str_Concat_SC);
4565 end if;
4567 -- Ensure validity of both operands
4569 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4571 -- If we are the left operand of a concatenation higher up the tree,
4572 -- then do nothing for now, since we want to deal with a series of
4573 -- concatenations as a unit.
4575 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Concat
4576 and then N = Left_Opnd (Parent (N))
4577 then
4578 return;
4579 end if;
4581 -- We get here with a concatenation whose left operand may be a
4582 -- concatenation itself with a consistent type. We need to process
4583 -- these concatenation operands from left to right, which means
4584 -- from the deepest node in the tree to the highest node.
4586 Cnode := N;
4587 while Nkind (Left_Opnd (Cnode)) = N_Op_Concat loop
4588 Cnode := Left_Opnd (Cnode);
4589 end loop;
4591 -- Now Opnd is the deepest Opnd, and its parents are the concatenation
4592 -- nodes above, so now we process bottom up, doing the operations. We
4593 -- gather a string that is as long as possible up to five operands
4595 -- The outer loop runs more than once if there are more than five
4596 -- concatenations of type Standard.String, the most we handle for
4597 -- this case, or if more than one concatenation type is involved.
4599 Outer : loop
4600 Opnds := New_List (Left_Opnd (Cnode), Right_Opnd (Cnode));
4601 Set_Parent (Opnds, N);
4603 -- The inner loop gathers concatenation operands. We gather any
4604 -- number of these in the non-string case, or if no concatenation
4605 -- routines are available for string (since in that case we will
4606 -- treat string like any other non-string case). Otherwise we only
4607 -- gather as many operands as can be handled by the available
4608 -- procedures in the run-time library (normally 5, but may be
4609 -- less for the configurable run-time case).
4611 Inner : while Cnode /= N
4612 and then (Base_Type (Etype (Cnode)) /= Standard_String
4613 or else
4614 Max_Available_String_Operands = 0
4615 or else
4616 List_Length (Opnds) <
4617 Max_Available_String_Operands)
4618 and then Base_Type (Etype (Cnode)) =
4619 Base_Type (Etype (Parent (Cnode)))
4620 loop
4621 Cnode := Parent (Cnode);
4622 Append (Right_Opnd (Cnode), Opnds);
4623 end loop Inner;
4625 -- Here we process the collected operands. First we convert singleton
4626 -- operands to singleton aggregates. This is skipped however for the
4627 -- case of two operands of type String since we have special routines
4628 -- for these cases.
4630 Atyp := Base_Type (Etype (Cnode));
4631 Ctyp := Base_Type (Component_Type (Etype (Cnode)));
4633 if (List_Length (Opnds) > 2 or else Atyp /= Standard_String)
4634 or else not Char_Concat_Available
4635 then
4636 Opnd := First (Opnds);
4637 loop
4638 if Base_Type (Etype (Opnd)) = Ctyp then
4639 Rewrite (Opnd,
4640 Make_Aggregate (Sloc (Cnode),
4641 Expressions => New_List (Relocate_Node (Opnd))));
4642 Analyze_And_Resolve (Opnd, Atyp);
4643 end if;
4645 Next (Opnd);
4646 exit when No (Opnd);
4647 end loop;
4648 end if;
4650 -- Now call appropriate continuation routine
4652 if Atyp = Standard_String
4653 and then Max_Available_String_Operands > 0
4654 then
4655 Expand_Concatenate_String (Cnode, Opnds);
4656 else
4657 Expand_Concatenate_Other (Cnode, Opnds);
4658 end if;
4660 exit Outer when Cnode = N;
4661 Cnode := Parent (Cnode);
4662 end loop Outer;
4663 end Expand_N_Op_Concat;
4665 ------------------------
4666 -- Expand_N_Op_Divide --
4667 ------------------------
4669 procedure Expand_N_Op_Divide (N : Node_Id) is
4670 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4671 Lopnd : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
4672 Ropnd : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
4673 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lopnd);
4674 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Ropnd);
4675 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4676 Rknow : constant Boolean := Is_Integer_Type (Typ)
4677 and then
4678 Compile_Time_Known_Value (Ropnd);
4679 Rval : Uint;
4681 begin
4682 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
4684 if Rknow then
4685 Rval := Expr_Value (Ropnd);
4686 end if;
4688 -- N / 1 = N for integer types
4690 if Rknow and then Rval = Uint_1 then
4691 Rewrite (N, Lopnd);
4692 return;
4693 end if;
4695 -- Convert x / 2 ** y to Shift_Right (x, y). Note that the fact that
4696 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
4697 -- operand is an unsigned integer, as required for this to work.
4699 if Nkind (Ropnd) = N_Op_Expon
4700 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Ropnd)
4702 -- We cannot do this transformation in configurable run time mode if we
4703 -- have 64-bit -- integers and long shifts are not available.
4705 and then
4706 (Esize (Ltyp) <= 32
4707 or else Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target)
4708 then
4709 Rewrite (N,
4710 Make_Op_Shift_Right (Loc,
4711 Left_Opnd => Lopnd,
4712 Right_Opnd =>
4713 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Ropnd))));
4714 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4715 return;
4716 end if;
4718 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
4720 if Typ = Universal_Fixed then
4721 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N);
4722 Typ := Etype (N);
4723 end if;
4725 -- Divisions with fixed-point results
4727 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ) then
4729 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since
4730 -- from a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
4731 -- operations and will be treated that way.
4733 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N) then
4734 if Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
4735 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed (N);
4736 else
4737 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
4738 end if;
4739 end if;
4741 -- Other cases of division of fixed-point operands. Again we exclude the
4742 -- case where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set.
4744 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Ltyp) or else
4745 Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Rtyp))
4746 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N)
4747 then
4748 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
4749 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer (N);
4750 else
4751 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Typ));
4752 Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float (N);
4753 end if;
4755 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
4756 -- in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
4758 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
4759 and then Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp)
4760 then
4761 Rewrite (Ropnd,
4762 Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Ropnd)));
4764 Analyze_And_Resolve (Ropnd, Universal_Real);
4766 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
4767 and then Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp)
4768 then
4769 Rewrite (Lopnd,
4770 Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Lopnd)));
4772 Analyze_And_Resolve (Lopnd, Universal_Real);
4774 -- Non-fixed point cases, do integer zero divide and overflow checks
4776 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
4777 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
4779 -- Check for 64-bit division available, or long shifts if the divisor
4780 -- is a small power of 2 (since such divides will be converted into
4781 -- long shifts.
4783 if Esize (Ltyp) > 32
4784 and then not Support_64_Bit_Divides_On_Target
4785 and then
4786 (not Rknow
4787 or else not Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target
4788 or else (Rval /= Uint_2 and then
4789 Rval /= Uint_4 and then
4790 Rval /= Uint_8 and then
4791 Rval /= Uint_16 and then
4792 Rval /= Uint_32 and then
4793 Rval /= Uint_64))
4794 then
4795 Error_Msg_CRT ("64-bit division", N);
4796 end if;
4798 -- Deal with Vax_Float
4800 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
4801 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
4802 return;
4803 end if;
4804 end Expand_N_Op_Divide;
4806 --------------------
4807 -- Expand_N_Op_Eq --
4808 --------------------
4810 procedure Expand_N_Op_Eq (N : Node_Id) is
4811 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4812 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
4813 Lhs : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
4814 Rhs : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
4815 Bodies : constant List_Id := New_List;
4816 A_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lhs);
4818 Typl : Entity_Id := A_Typ;
4819 Op_Name : Entity_Id;
4820 Prim : Elmt_Id;
4822 procedure Build_Equality_Call (Eq : Entity_Id);
4823 -- If a constructed equality exists for the type or for its parent,
4824 -- build and analyze call, adding conversions if the operation is
4825 -- inherited.
4827 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component (Typ : Node_Id) return Boolean;
4828 -- Determines whether a type has a subcomponent of an unconstrained
4829 -- Unchecked_Union subtype. Typ is a record type.
4831 -------------------------
4832 -- Build_Equality_Call --
4833 -------------------------
4835 procedure Build_Equality_Call (Eq : Entity_Id) is
4836 Op_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Eq));
4837 L_Exp : Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Lhs);
4838 R_Exp : Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Rhs);
4840 begin
4841 if Base_Type (Op_Type) /= Base_Type (A_Typ)
4842 and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (A_Typ)
4843 then
4844 L_Exp := OK_Convert_To (Op_Type, L_Exp);
4845 R_Exp := OK_Convert_To (Op_Type, R_Exp);
4846 end if;
4848 -- If we have an Unchecked_Union, we need to add the inferred
4849 -- discriminant values as actuals in the function call. At this
4850 -- point, the expansion has determined that both operands have
4851 -- inferable discriminants.
4853 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Op_Type) then
4854 declare
4855 Lhs_Type : constant Node_Id := Etype (L_Exp);
4856 Rhs_Type : constant Node_Id := Etype (R_Exp);
4857 Lhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
4858 Rhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
4860 begin
4861 -- Per-object constrained selected components require special
4862 -- attention. If the enclosing scope of the component is an
4863 -- Unchecked_Union, we cannot reference its discriminants
4864 -- directly. This is why we use the two extra parameters of
4865 -- the equality function of the enclosing Unchecked_Union.
4867 -- type UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is
4868 -- . . .
4869 -- end record;
4870 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (UU_Type);
4872 -- 1. Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
4874 -- type Enclosing_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is record
4875 -- . . .
4876 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
4877 -- . . .
4878 -- end Enclosing_UU_Type;
4879 -- pragma Unchecked_Union (Enclosing_UU_Type);
4881 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_UU_Type;
4882 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_UU_Type (1);
4884 -- [. . .] Obj1 = Obj2 [. . .]
4886 -- Generated code:
4888 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp, a, b)) then
4890 -- A and B are the formal parameters of the equality function
4891 -- of Enclosing_UU_Type. The function always has two extra
4892 -- formals to capture the inferred discriminant values.
4894 -- 2. Non-Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
4896 -- type
4897 -- Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0)
4898 -- is record
4899 -- . . .
4900 -- Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
4901 -- . . .
4902 -- end Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
4904 -- Obj1 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
4905 -- Obj2 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (1);
4907 -- ... Obj1 = Obj2 ...
4909 -- Generated code:
4911 -- if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp,
4912 -- obj1.discr, obj2.discr)) then
4914 -- In this case we can directly reference the discriminants of
4915 -- the enclosing record.
4917 -- Lhs of equality
4919 if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component
4920 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
4921 (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)))
4922 then
4923 -- Enclosing record is an Unchecked_Union, use formal A
4925 if Is_Unchecked_Union (Scope
4926 (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs))))
4927 then
4928 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
4929 Make_Identifier (Loc,
4930 Chars => Name_A);
4932 -- Enclosing record is of a non-Unchecked_Union type, it is
4933 -- possible to reference the discriminant.
4935 else
4936 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
4937 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
4938 Prefix => Prefix (Lhs),
4939 Selector_Name =>
4940 New_Copy
4941 (Get_Discriminant_Value
4942 (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
4943 Lhs_Type,
4944 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type))));
4945 end if;
4947 -- Comment needed here ???
4949 else
4950 -- Infer the discriminant value
4952 Lhs_Discr_Val :=
4953 New_Copy
4954 (Get_Discriminant_Value
4955 (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
4956 Lhs_Type,
4957 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type)));
4958 end if;
4960 -- Rhs of equality
4962 if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component
4963 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
4964 (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)))
4965 then
4966 if Is_Unchecked_Union
4967 (Scope (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs))))
4968 then
4969 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
4970 Make_Identifier (Loc,
4971 Chars => Name_B);
4973 else
4974 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
4975 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
4976 Prefix => Prefix (Rhs),
4977 Selector_Name =>
4978 New_Copy (Get_Discriminant_Value (
4979 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
4980 Rhs_Type,
4981 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type))));
4983 end if;
4984 else
4985 Rhs_Discr_Val :=
4986 New_Copy (Get_Discriminant_Value (
4987 First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
4988 Rhs_Type,
4989 Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type)));
4991 end if;
4993 Rewrite (N,
4994 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
4995 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq, Loc),
4996 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
4997 L_Exp,
4998 R_Exp,
4999 Lhs_Discr_Val,
5000 Rhs_Discr_Val)));
5001 end;
5003 -- Normal case, not an unchecked union
5005 else
5006 Rewrite (N,
5007 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5008 Name => New_Reference_To (Eq, Loc),
5009 Parameter_Associations => New_List (L_Exp, R_Exp)));
5010 end if;
5012 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5013 end Build_Equality_Call;
5015 ------------------------------------
5016 -- Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component --
5017 ------------------------------------
5019 function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
5020 (Typ : Node_Id) return Boolean
5022 Tdef : constant Node_Id :=
5023 Type_Definition (Declaration_Node (Base_Type (Typ)));
5024 Clist : Node_Id;
5025 Vpart : Node_Id;
5027 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5028 (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean;
5029 -- Determines whether the subtype of the component is an
5030 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union.
5032 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5033 (Variant : Node_Id) return Boolean;
5034 -- Determines whether a component of the variant has an unconstrained
5035 -- Unchecked_Union subtype.
5037 -----------------------------------
5038 -- Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
5039 -----------------------------------
5041 function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5042 (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean
5044 begin
5045 if Nkind (Comp) /= N_Component_Declaration then
5046 return False;
5047 end if;
5049 declare
5050 Sindic : constant Node_Id :=
5051 Subtype_Indication (Component_Definition (Comp));
5053 begin
5054 -- Unconstrained nominal type. In the case of a constraint
5055 -- present, the node kind would have been N_Subtype_Indication.
5057 if Nkind (Sindic) = N_Identifier then
5058 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Etype (Sindic)));
5059 end if;
5061 return False;
5062 end;
5063 end Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU;
5065 ---------------------------------
5066 -- Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
5067 ---------------------------------
5069 function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
5070 (Variant : Node_Id) return Boolean
5072 Clist : constant Node_Id := Component_List (Variant);
5074 begin
5075 if Is_Empty_List (Component_Items (Clist)) then
5076 return False;
5077 end if;
5079 -- We only need to test one component
5081 declare
5082 Comp : Node_Id := First (Component_Items (Clist));
5084 begin
5085 while Present (Comp) loop
5086 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Comp) then
5087 return True;
5088 end if;
5090 Next (Comp);
5091 end loop;
5092 end;
5094 -- None of the components withing the variant were of
5095 -- unconstrained Unchecked_Union type.
5097 return False;
5098 end Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU;
5100 -- Start of processing for Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
5102 begin
5103 if Null_Present (Tdef) then
5104 return False;
5105 end if;
5107 Clist := Component_List (Tdef);
5108 Vpart := Variant_Part (Clist);
5110 -- Inspect available components
5112 if Present (Component_Items (Clist)) then
5113 declare
5114 Comp : Node_Id := First (Component_Items (Clist));
5116 begin
5117 while Present (Comp) loop
5119 -- One component is sufficient
5121 if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Comp) then
5122 return True;
5123 end if;
5125 Next (Comp);
5126 end loop;
5127 end;
5128 end if;
5130 -- Inspect available components withing variants
5132 if Present (Vpart) then
5133 declare
5134 Variant : Node_Id := First (Variants (Vpart));
5136 begin
5137 while Present (Variant) loop
5139 -- One component within a variant is sufficient
5141 if Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Variant) then
5142 return True;
5143 end if;
5145 Next (Variant);
5146 end loop;
5147 end;
5148 end if;
5150 -- Neither the available components, nor the components inside the
5151 -- variant parts were of an unconstrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
5153 return False;
5154 end Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component;
5156 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Op_Eq
5158 begin
5159 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5161 if Ekind (Typl) = E_Private_Type then
5162 Typl := Underlying_Type (Typl);
5163 elsif Ekind (Typl) = E_Private_Subtype then
5164 Typl := Underlying_Type (Base_Type (Typl));
5165 else
5166 null;
5167 end if;
5169 -- It may happen in error situations that the underlying type is not
5170 -- set. The error will be detected later, here we just defend the
5171 -- expander code.
5173 if No (Typl) then
5174 return;
5175 end if;
5177 Typl := Base_Type (Typl);
5179 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
5181 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typl) then
5182 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
5183 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
5184 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5185 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5187 -- Array types
5189 elsif Is_Array_Type (Typl) then
5191 -- If we are doing full validity checking, and it is possible for the
5192 -- array elements to be invalid then expand out array comparisons to
5193 -- make sure that we check the array elements.
5195 if Validity_Check_Operands
5196 and then not Is_Known_Valid (Component_Type (Typl))
5197 then
5198 declare
5199 Save_Force_Validity_Checks : constant Boolean :=
5200 Force_Validity_Checks;
5201 begin
5202 Force_Validity_Checks := True;
5203 Rewrite (N,
5204 Expand_Array_Equality
5206 Relocate_Node (Lhs),
5207 Relocate_Node (Rhs),
5208 Bodies,
5209 Typl));
5210 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies);
5211 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
5212 Force_Validity_Checks := Save_Force_Validity_Checks;
5213 end;
5215 -- Packed case where both operands are known aligned
5217 elsif Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typl)
5218 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Lhs)
5219 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Rhs)
5220 then
5221 Expand_Packed_Eq (N);
5223 -- Where the component type is elementary we can use a block bit
5224 -- comparison (if supported on the target) exception in the case
5225 -- of floating-point (negative zero issues require element by
5226 -- element comparison), and atomic types (where we must be sure
5227 -- to load elements independently) and possibly unaligned arrays.
5229 elsif Is_Elementary_Type (Component_Type (Typl))
5230 and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Component_Type (Typl))
5231 and then not Is_Atomic (Component_Type (Typl))
5232 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Lhs)
5233 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Rhs)
5234 and then Support_Composite_Compare_On_Target
5235 then
5236 null;
5238 -- For composite and floating-point cases, expand equality loop to
5239 -- make sure of using proper comparisons for tagged types, and
5240 -- correctly handling the floating-point case.
5242 else
5243 Rewrite (N,
5244 Expand_Array_Equality
5246 Relocate_Node (Lhs),
5247 Relocate_Node (Rhs),
5248 Bodies,
5249 Typl));
5250 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies, Suppress => All_Checks);
5251 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5252 end if;
5254 -- Record Types
5256 elsif Is_Record_Type (Typl) then
5258 -- For tagged types, use the primitive "="
5260 if Is_Tagged_Type (Typl) then
5262 -- No need to do anything else compiling under restriction
5263 -- No_Dispatching_Calls. During the semantic analysis we
5264 -- already notified such violation.
5266 if Restriction_Active (No_Dispatching_Calls) then
5267 return;
5268 end if;
5270 -- If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with
5271 -- a tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the
5272 -- primitive operations of the private type. This check should no
5273 -- longer be necessary when these types get their full views???
5275 if Is_Private_Type (A_Typ)
5276 and then not Is_Tagged_Type (A_Typ)
5277 and then Is_Derived_Type (A_Typ)
5278 and then No (Full_View (A_Typ))
5279 then
5280 -- Search for equality operation, checking that the operands
5281 -- have the same type. Note that we must find a matching entry,
5282 -- or something is very wrong!
5284 Prim := First_Elmt (Collect_Primitive_Operations (A_Typ));
5286 while Present (Prim) loop
5287 exit when Chars (Node (Prim)) = Name_Op_Eq
5288 and then Etype (First_Formal (Node (Prim))) =
5289 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Node (Prim))))
5290 and then
5291 Base_Type (Etype (Node (Prim))) = Standard_Boolean;
5293 Next_Elmt (Prim);
5294 end loop;
5296 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
5297 Op_Name := Node (Prim);
5299 -- Find the type's predefined equality or an overriding
5300 -- user- defined equality. The reason for not simply calling
5301 -- Find_Prim_Op here is that there may be a user-defined
5302 -- overloaded equality op that precedes the equality that we want,
5303 -- so we have to explicitly search (e.g., there could be an
5304 -- equality with two different parameter types).
5306 else
5307 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Typl) then
5308 Typl := Root_Type (Typl);
5309 end if;
5311 Prim := First_Elmt (Primitive_Operations (Typl));
5312 while Present (Prim) loop
5313 exit when Chars (Node (Prim)) = Name_Op_Eq
5314 and then Etype (First_Formal (Node (Prim))) =
5315 Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Node (Prim))))
5316 and then
5317 Base_Type (Etype (Node (Prim))) = Standard_Boolean;
5319 Next_Elmt (Prim);
5320 end loop;
5322 pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
5323 Op_Name := Node (Prim);
5324 end if;
5326 Build_Equality_Call (Op_Name);
5328 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating the
5329 -- predefined equality operator for a type which has a subcomponent
5330 -- of an Unchecked_Union type whose nominal subtype is unconstrained.
5332 elsif Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component (Typl) then
5333 Insert_Action (N,
5334 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
5335 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
5337 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting the
5338 -- equality as a standard False.
5340 Rewrite (N,
5341 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
5343 elsif Is_Unchecked_Union (Typl) then
5345 -- If we can infer the discriminants of the operands, we make a
5346 -- call to the TSS equality function.
5348 if Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Lhs)
5349 and then
5350 Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Rhs)
5351 then
5352 Build_Equality_Call
5353 (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality));
5355 else
5356 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
5357 -- the predefined equality operator for an Unchecked_Union type
5358 -- if either of the operands lack inferable discriminants.
5360 Insert_Action (N,
5361 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
5362 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
5364 -- Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting
5365 -- the equality as a standard False.
5367 Rewrite (N,
5368 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
5370 end if;
5372 -- If a type support function is present (for complex cases), use it
5374 elsif Present (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality)) then
5375 Build_Equality_Call
5376 (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality));
5378 -- Otherwise expand the component by component equality. Note that
5379 -- we never use block-bit comparisons for records, because of the
5380 -- problems with gaps. The backend will often be able to recombine
5381 -- the separate comparisons that we generate here.
5383 else
5384 Remove_Side_Effects (Lhs);
5385 Remove_Side_Effects (Rhs);
5386 Rewrite (N,
5387 Expand_Record_Equality (N, Typl, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies));
5389 Insert_Actions (N, Bodies, Suppress => All_Checks);
5390 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5391 end if;
5392 end if;
5394 -- Test if result is known at compile time
5396 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5398 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
5400 if Vax_Float (Typl) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5401 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5402 return;
5403 end if;
5404 end Expand_N_Op_Eq;
5406 -----------------------
5407 -- Expand_N_Op_Expon --
5408 -----------------------
5410 procedure Expand_N_Op_Expon (N : Node_Id) is
5411 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5412 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5413 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Typ);
5414 Base : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
5415 Bastyp : constant Node_Id := Etype (Base);
5416 Exp : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
5417 Exptyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Exp);
5418 Ovflo : constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check (N);
5419 Expv : Uint;
5420 Xnode : Node_Id;
5421 Temp : Node_Id;
5422 Rent : RE_Id;
5423 Ent : Entity_Id;
5424 Etyp : Entity_Id;
5426 begin
5427 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5429 -- If either operand is of a private type, then we have the use of an
5430 -- intrinsic operator, and we get rid of the privateness, by using root
5431 -- types of underlying types for the actual operation. Otherwise the
5432 -- private types will cause trouble if we expand multiplications or
5433 -- shifts etc. We also do this transformation if the result type is
5434 -- different from the base type.
5436 if Is_Private_Type (Etype (Base))
5437 or else
5438 Is_Private_Type (Typ)
5439 or else
5440 Is_Private_Type (Exptyp)
5441 or else
5442 Rtyp /= Root_Type (Bastyp)
5443 then
5444 declare
5445 Bt : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Underlying_Type (Bastyp));
5446 Et : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Underlying_Type (Exptyp));
5448 begin
5449 Rewrite (N,
5450 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
5451 Make_Op_Expon (Loc,
5452 Left_Opnd => Unchecked_Convert_To (Bt, Base),
5453 Right_Opnd => Unchecked_Convert_To (Et, Exp))));
5454 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5455 return;
5456 end;
5457 end if;
5459 -- Test for case of known right argument
5461 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Exp) then
5462 Expv := Expr_Value (Exp);
5464 -- We only fold small non-negative exponents. You might think we
5465 -- could fold small negative exponents for the real case, but we
5466 -- can't because we are required to raise Constraint_Error for
5467 -- the case of 0.0 ** (negative) even if Machine_Overflows = False.
5468 -- See ACVC test C4A012B.
5470 if Expv >= 0 and then Expv <= 4 then
5472 -- X ** 0 = 1 (or 1.0)
5474 if Expv = 0 then
5476 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects
5477 -- in the ignored left operand (in particular function calls
5478 -- to user defined functions) are properly executed.
5480 Remove_Side_Effects (Base);
5482 if Ekind (Typ) in Integer_Kind then
5483 Xnode := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Intval => 1);
5484 else
5485 Xnode := Make_Real_Literal (Loc, Ureal_1);
5486 end if;
5488 -- X ** 1 = X
5490 elsif Expv = 1 then
5491 Xnode := Base;
5493 -- X ** 2 = X * X
5495 elsif Expv = 2 then
5496 Xnode :=
5497 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5498 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
5499 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base));
5501 -- X ** 3 = X * X * X
5503 elsif Expv = 3 then
5504 Xnode :=
5505 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5506 Left_Opnd =>
5507 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5508 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
5509 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base)),
5510 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base));
5512 -- X ** 4 ->
5513 -- En : constant base'type := base * base;
5514 -- ...
5515 -- En * En
5517 else -- Expv = 4
5518 Temp :=
5519 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('E'));
5521 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
5522 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
5523 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
5524 Constant_Present => True,
5525 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc),
5526 Expression =>
5527 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5528 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
5529 Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base)))));
5531 Xnode :=
5532 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
5533 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc),
5534 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
5535 end if;
5537 Rewrite (N, Xnode);
5538 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5539 return;
5540 end if;
5541 end if;
5543 -- Case of (2 ** expression) appearing as an argument of an integer
5544 -- multiplication, or as the right argument of a division of a non-
5545 -- negative integer. In such cases we leave the node untouched, setting
5546 -- the flag Is_Natural_Power_Of_2_for_Shift set, then the expansion
5547 -- of the higher level node converts it into a shift.
5549 -- Note: this transformation is not applicable for a modular type with
5550 -- a non-binary modulus in the multiplication case, since we get a wrong
5551 -- result if the shift causes an overflow before the modular reduction.
5553 if Nkind (Base) = N_Integer_Literal
5554 and then Intval (Base) = 2
5555 and then Is_Integer_Type (Root_Type (Exptyp))
5556 and then Esize (Root_Type (Exptyp)) <= Esize (Standard_Integer)
5557 and then Is_Unsigned_Type (Exptyp)
5558 and then not Ovflo
5559 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) in N_Binary_Op
5560 then
5561 declare
5562 P : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
5563 L : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (P);
5564 R : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (P);
5566 begin
5567 if (Nkind (P) = N_Op_Multiply
5568 and then not Non_Binary_Modulus (Typ)
5569 and then
5570 ((Is_Integer_Type (Etype (L)) and then R = N)
5571 or else
5572 (Is_Integer_Type (Etype (R)) and then L = N))
5573 and then not Do_Overflow_Check (P))
5575 or else
5576 (Nkind (P) = N_Op_Divide
5577 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (L))
5578 and then Is_Unsigned_Type (Etype (L))
5579 and then R = N
5580 and then not Do_Overflow_Check (P))
5581 then
5582 Set_Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (N);
5583 return;
5584 end if;
5585 end;
5586 end if;
5588 -- Fall through if exponentiation must be done using a runtime routine
5590 -- First deal with modular case
5592 if Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
5594 -- Non-binary case, we call the special exponentiation routine for
5595 -- the non-binary case, converting the argument to Long_Long_Integer
5596 -- and passing the modulus value. Then the result is converted back
5597 -- to the base type.
5599 if Non_Binary_Modulus (Rtyp) then
5600 Rewrite (N,
5601 Convert_To (Typ,
5602 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5603 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Exp_Modular), Loc),
5604 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
5605 Convert_To (Standard_Integer, Base),
5606 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Modulus (Rtyp)),
5607 Exp))));
5609 -- Binary case, in this case, we call one of two routines, either the
5610 -- unsigned integer case, or the unsigned long long integer case,
5611 -- with a final "and" operation to do the required mod.
5613 else
5614 if UI_To_Int (Esize (Rtyp)) <= Standard_Integer_Size then
5615 Ent := RTE (RE_Exp_Unsigned);
5616 else
5617 Ent := RTE (RE_Exp_Long_Long_Unsigned);
5618 end if;
5620 Rewrite (N,
5621 Convert_To (Typ,
5622 Make_Op_And (Loc,
5623 Left_Opnd =>
5624 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5625 Name => New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc),
5626 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
5627 Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Ent)), Base),
5628 Exp)),
5629 Right_Opnd =>
5630 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Modulus (Rtyp) - 1))));
5632 end if;
5634 -- Common exit point for modular type case
5636 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5637 return;
5639 -- Signed integer cases, done using either Integer or Long_Long_Integer.
5640 -- It is not worth having routines for Short_[Short_]Integer, since for
5641 -- most machines it would not help, and it would generate more code that
5642 -- might need certification when a certified run time is required.
5644 -- In the integer cases, we have two routines, one for when overflow
5645 -- checks are required, and one when they are not required, since there
5646 -- is a real gain in omitting checks on many machines.
5648 elsif Rtyp = Base_Type (Standard_Long_Long_Integer)
5649 or else (Rtyp = Base_Type (Standard_Long_Integer)
5650 and then
5651 Esize (Standard_Long_Integer) > Esize (Standard_Integer))
5652 or else (Rtyp = Universal_Integer)
5653 then
5654 Etyp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
5656 if Ovflo then
5657 Rent := RE_Exp_Long_Long_Integer;
5658 else
5659 Rent := RE_Exn_Long_Long_Integer;
5660 end if;
5662 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
5663 Etyp := Standard_Integer;
5665 if Ovflo then
5666 Rent := RE_Exp_Integer;
5667 else
5668 Rent := RE_Exn_Integer;
5669 end if;
5671 -- Floating-point cases, always done using Long_Long_Float. We do not
5672 -- need separate routines for the overflow case here, since in the case
5673 -- of floating-point, we generate infinities anyway as a rule (either
5674 -- that or we automatically trap overflow), and if there is an infinity
5675 -- generated and a range check is required, the check will fail anyway.
5677 else
5678 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Rtyp));
5679 Etyp := Standard_Long_Long_Float;
5680 Rent := RE_Exn_Long_Long_Float;
5681 end if;
5683 -- Common processing for integer cases and floating-point cases.
5684 -- If we are in the right type, we can call runtime routine directly
5686 if Typ = Etyp
5687 and then Rtyp /= Universal_Integer
5688 and then Rtyp /= Universal_Real
5689 then
5690 Rewrite (N,
5691 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5692 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (Rent), Loc),
5693 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Base, Exp)));
5695 -- Otherwise we have to introduce conversions (conversions are also
5696 -- required in the universal cases, since the runtime routine is
5697 -- typed using one of the standard types.
5699 else
5700 Rewrite (N,
5701 Convert_To (Typ,
5702 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
5703 Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (Rent), Loc),
5704 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
5705 Convert_To (Etyp, Base),
5706 Exp))));
5707 end if;
5709 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5710 return;
5712 exception
5713 when RE_Not_Available =>
5714 return;
5715 end Expand_N_Op_Expon;
5717 --------------------
5718 -- Expand_N_Op_Ge --
5719 --------------------
5721 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ge (N : Node_Id) is
5722 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5723 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5724 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5725 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
5727 begin
5728 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5730 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
5731 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
5732 return;
5733 end if;
5735 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
5736 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
5737 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
5738 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5739 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5740 end if;
5742 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5744 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
5746 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5747 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5748 return;
5749 end if;
5750 end Expand_N_Op_Ge;
5752 --------------------
5753 -- Expand_N_Op_Gt --
5754 --------------------
5756 procedure Expand_N_Op_Gt (N : Node_Id) is
5757 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5758 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5759 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5760 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
5762 begin
5763 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5765 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
5766 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
5767 return;
5768 end if;
5770 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
5771 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
5772 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
5773 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5774 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5775 end if;
5777 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5779 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
5781 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5782 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5783 return;
5784 end if;
5785 end Expand_N_Op_Gt;
5787 --------------------
5788 -- Expand_N_Op_Le --
5789 --------------------
5791 procedure Expand_N_Op_Le (N : Node_Id) is
5792 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5793 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5794 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5795 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
5797 begin
5798 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5800 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
5801 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
5802 return;
5803 end if;
5805 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
5806 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
5807 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
5808 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5809 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5810 end if;
5812 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5814 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
5816 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5817 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5818 return;
5819 end if;
5820 end Expand_N_Op_Le;
5822 --------------------
5823 -- Expand_N_Op_Lt --
5824 --------------------
5826 procedure Expand_N_Op_Lt (N : Node_Id) is
5827 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5828 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5829 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5830 Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
5832 begin
5833 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5835 if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
5836 Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
5837 return;
5838 end if;
5840 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
5841 Adjust_Condition (Op1);
5842 Adjust_Condition (Op2);
5843 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5844 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5845 end if;
5847 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
5849 -- If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
5851 if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
5852 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
5853 return;
5854 end if;
5855 end Expand_N_Op_Lt;
5857 -----------------------
5858 -- Expand_N_Op_Minus --
5859 -----------------------
5861 procedure Expand_N_Op_Minus (N : Node_Id) is
5862 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5863 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5865 begin
5866 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5868 if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
5869 and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
5870 and then Do_Overflow_Check (N)
5871 then
5872 -- Software overflow checking expands -expr into (0 - expr)
5874 Rewrite (N,
5875 Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
5876 Left_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0),
5877 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
5879 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5881 -- Vax floating-point types case
5883 elsif Vax_Float (Etype (N)) then
5884 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
5885 end if;
5886 end Expand_N_Op_Minus;
5888 ---------------------
5889 -- Expand_N_Op_Mod --
5890 ---------------------
5892 procedure Expand_N_Op_Mod (N : Node_Id) is
5893 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5894 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5895 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
5896 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5897 DOC : constant Boolean := Do_Overflow_Check (N);
5898 DDC : constant Boolean := Do_Division_Check (N);
5900 LLB : Uint;
5901 Llo : Uint;
5902 Lhi : Uint;
5903 LOK : Boolean;
5904 Rlo : Uint;
5905 Rhi : Uint;
5906 ROK : Boolean;
5908 pragma Warnings (Off, Lhi);
5910 begin
5911 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5913 Determine_Range (Right, ROK, Rlo, Rhi);
5914 Determine_Range (Left, LOK, Llo, Lhi);
5916 -- Convert mod to rem if operands are known non-negative. We do this
5917 -- since it is quite likely that this will improve the quality of code,
5918 -- (the operation now corresponds to the hardware remainder), and it
5919 -- does not seem likely that it could be harmful.
5921 if LOK and then Llo >= 0
5922 and then
5923 ROK and then Rlo >= 0
5924 then
5925 Rewrite (N,
5926 Make_Op_Rem (Sloc (N),
5927 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
5928 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
5930 -- Instead of reanalyzing the node we do the analysis manually. This
5931 -- avoids anomalies when the replacement is done in an instance and
5932 -- is epsilon more efficient.
5934 Set_Entity (N, Standard_Entity (S_Op_Rem));
5935 Set_Etype (N, Typ);
5936 Set_Do_Overflow_Check (N, DOC);
5937 Set_Do_Division_Check (N, DDC);
5938 Expand_N_Op_Rem (N);
5939 Set_Analyzed (N);
5941 -- Otherwise, normal mod processing
5943 else
5944 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
5945 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
5946 end if;
5948 -- Apply optimization x mod 1 = 0. We don't really need that with
5949 -- gcc, but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is
5950 -- certainly harmless.
5952 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
5953 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right)
5954 and then Expr_Value (Right) = Uint_1
5955 then
5956 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in
5957 -- the ignored left operand (in particular function calls to
5958 -- user defined functions) are properly executed.
5960 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
5962 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
5963 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5964 return;
5965 end if;
5967 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder
5968 -- minus one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because
5969 -- it generates a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
5971 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
5972 -- the mod value is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
5973 -- completely in this case.
5975 -- The operand type may be private (e.g. in the expansion of an
5976 -- intrinsic operation) so we must use the underlying type to get the
5977 -- bounds, and convert the literals explicitly.
5979 LLB :=
5980 Expr_Value
5981 (Type_Low_Bound (Base_Type (Underlying_Type (Etype (Left)))));
5983 if ((not ROK) or else (Rlo <= (-1) and then (-1) <= Rhi))
5984 and then
5985 ((not LOK) or else (Llo = LLB))
5986 then
5987 Rewrite (N,
5988 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
5989 Expressions => New_List (
5990 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
5991 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Right),
5992 Right_Opnd =>
5993 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
5994 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, -1))),
5995 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
5996 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0)),
5997 Relocate_Node (N))));
5999 Set_Analyzed (Next (Next (First (Expressions (N)))));
6000 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6001 end if;
6002 end if;
6003 end Expand_N_Op_Mod;
6005 --------------------------
6006 -- Expand_N_Op_Multiply --
6007 --------------------------
6009 procedure Expand_N_Op_Multiply (N : Node_Id) is
6010 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6011 Lop : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6012 Rop : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6014 Lp2 : constant Boolean :=
6015 Nkind (Lop) = N_Op_Expon
6016 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Lop);
6018 Rp2 : constant Boolean :=
6019 Nkind (Rop) = N_Op_Expon
6020 and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Rop);
6022 Ltyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Lop);
6023 Rtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Rop);
6024 Typ : Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6026 begin
6027 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6029 -- Special optimizations for integer types
6031 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
6033 -- N * 0 = 0 for integer types
6035 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Rop)
6036 and then Expr_Value (Rop) = Uint_0
6037 then
6038 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in
6039 -- the ignored left operand (in particular function calls to
6040 -- user defined functions) are properly executed.
6042 Remove_Side_Effects (Lop);
6044 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0));
6045 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6046 return;
6047 end if;
6049 -- Similar handling for 0 * N = 0
6051 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lop)
6052 and then Expr_Value (Lop) = Uint_0
6053 then
6054 Remove_Side_Effects (Rop);
6055 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0));
6056 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6057 return;
6058 end if;
6060 -- N * 1 = 1 * N = N for integer types
6062 -- This optimisation is not done if we are going to
6063 -- rewrite the product 1 * 2 ** N to a shift.
6065 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Rop)
6066 and then Expr_Value (Rop) = Uint_1
6067 and then not Lp2
6068 then
6069 Rewrite (N, Lop);
6070 return;
6072 elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lop)
6073 and then Expr_Value (Lop) = Uint_1
6074 and then not Rp2
6075 then
6076 Rewrite (N, Rop);
6077 return;
6078 end if;
6079 end if;
6081 -- Convert x * 2 ** y to Shift_Left (x, y). Note that the fact that
6082 -- Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
6083 -- operand is an integer, as required for this to work.
6085 if Rp2 then
6086 if Lp2 then
6088 -- Convert 2 ** A * 2 ** B into 2 ** (A + B)
6090 Rewrite (N,
6091 Make_Op_Expon (Loc,
6092 Left_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 2),
6093 Right_Opnd =>
6094 Make_Op_Add (Loc,
6095 Left_Opnd => Right_Opnd (Lop),
6096 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (Rop))));
6097 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6098 return;
6100 else
6101 Rewrite (N,
6102 Make_Op_Shift_Left (Loc,
6103 Left_Opnd => Lop,
6104 Right_Opnd =>
6105 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Rop))));
6106 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6107 return;
6108 end if;
6110 -- Same processing for the operands the other way round
6112 elsif Lp2 then
6113 Rewrite (N,
6114 Make_Op_Shift_Left (Loc,
6115 Left_Opnd => Rop,
6116 Right_Opnd =>
6117 Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Lop))));
6118 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6119 return;
6120 end if;
6122 -- Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
6124 if Typ = Universal_Fixed then
6125 Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N);
6126 Typ := Etype (N);
6127 end if;
6129 -- Multiplications with fixed-point results
6131 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ) then
6133 -- No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since from
6134 -- a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
6135 -- operations and will be treated that way.
6137 if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N) then
6139 -- Case of fixed * integer => fixed
6141 if Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
6142 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed (N);
6144 -- Case of integer * fixed => fixed
6146 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp) then
6147 Expand_Multiply_Integer_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
6149 -- Case of fixed * fixed => fixed
6151 else
6152 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
6153 end if;
6154 end if;
6156 -- Other cases of multiplication of fixed-point operands. Again we
6157 -- exclude the cases where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer flag is set.
6159 elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Ltyp) or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Rtyp))
6160 and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N)
6161 then
6162 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
6163 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer (N);
6164 else
6165 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Typ));
6166 Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float (N);
6167 end if;
6169 -- Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
6170 -- in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
6172 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
6173 and then Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp)
6174 then
6175 Rewrite (Rop, Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Rop)));
6177 Analyze_And_Resolve (Rop, Universal_Real);
6179 elsif Typ = Universal_Real
6180 and then Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp)
6181 then
6182 Rewrite (Lop, Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Lop)));
6184 Analyze_And_Resolve (Lop, Universal_Real);
6186 -- Non-fixed point cases, check software overflow checking required
6188 elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
6189 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
6191 -- Deal with VAX float case
6193 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
6194 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
6195 return;
6196 end if;
6197 end Expand_N_Op_Multiply;
6199 --------------------
6200 -- Expand_N_Op_Ne --
6201 --------------------
6203 procedure Expand_N_Op_Ne (N : Node_Id) is
6204 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Left_Opnd (N));
6206 begin
6207 -- Case of elementary type with standard operator
6209 if Is_Elementary_Type (Typ)
6210 and then Sloc (Entity (N)) = Standard_Location
6211 then
6212 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6214 -- Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
6216 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
6217 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
6218 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6219 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6220 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6221 end if;
6223 Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6225 -- If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
6227 if Vax_Float (Typ) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6228 Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6229 return;
6230 end if;
6232 -- For all cases other than elementary types, we rewrite node as the
6233 -- negation of an equality operation, and reanalyze. The equality to be
6234 -- used is defined in the same scope and has the same signature. This
6235 -- signature must be set explicitly since in an instance it may not have
6236 -- the same visibility as in the generic unit. This avoids duplicating
6237 -- or factoring the complex code for record/array equality tests etc.
6239 else
6240 declare
6241 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6242 Neg : Node_Id;
6243 Ne : constant Entity_Id := Entity (N);
6245 begin
6246 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6248 Neg :=
6249 Make_Op_Not (Loc,
6250 Right_Opnd =>
6251 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
6252 Left_Opnd => Left_Opnd (N),
6253 Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
6254 Set_Paren_Count (Right_Opnd (Neg), 1);
6256 if Scope (Ne) /= Standard_Standard then
6257 Set_Entity (Right_Opnd (Neg), Corresponding_Equality (Ne));
6258 end if;
6260 -- For navigation purposes, the inequality is treated as an
6261 -- implicit reference to the corresponding equality. Preserve the
6262 -- Comes_From_ source flag so that the proper Xref entry is
6263 -- generated.
6265 Preserve_Comes_From_Source (Neg, N);
6266 Preserve_Comes_From_Source (Right_Opnd (Neg), N);
6267 Rewrite (N, Neg);
6268 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
6269 end;
6270 end if;
6271 end Expand_N_Op_Ne;
6273 ---------------------
6274 -- Expand_N_Op_Not --
6275 ---------------------
6277 -- If the argument is other than a Boolean array type, there is no special
6278 -- expansion required.
6280 -- For the packed case, we call the special routine in Exp_Pakd, except
6281 -- that if the component size is greater than one, we use the standard
6282 -- routine generating a gruesome loop (it is so peculiar to have packed
6283 -- arrays with non-standard Boolean representations anyway, so it does not
6284 -- matter that we do not handle this case efficiently).
6286 -- For the unpacked case (and for the special packed case where we have non
6287 -- standard Booleans, as discussed above), we generate and insert into the
6288 -- tree the following function definition:
6290 -- function Nnnn (A : arr) is
6291 -- B : arr;
6292 -- begin
6293 -- for J in a'range loop
6294 -- B (J) := not A (J);
6295 -- end loop;
6296 -- return B;
6297 -- end Nnnn;
6299 -- Here arr is the actual subtype of the parameter (and hence always
6300 -- constrained). Then we replace the not with a call to this function.
6302 procedure Expand_N_Op_Not (N : Node_Id) is
6303 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6304 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6305 Opnd : Node_Id;
6306 Arr : Entity_Id;
6307 A : Entity_Id;
6308 B : Entity_Id;
6309 J : Entity_Id;
6310 A_J : Node_Id;
6311 B_J : Node_Id;
6313 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
6314 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
6316 begin
6317 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6319 -- For boolean operand, deal with non-standard booleans
6321 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
6322 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6323 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6324 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6325 return;
6326 end if;
6328 -- Only array types need any other processing
6330 if not Is_Array_Type (Typ) then
6331 return;
6332 end if;
6334 -- Case of array operand. If bit packed with a component size of 1,
6335 -- handle it in Exp_Pakd if the operand is known to be aligned.
6337 if Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ)
6338 and then Component_Size (Typ) = 1
6339 and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Right_Opnd (N))
6340 then
6341 Expand_Packed_Not (N);
6342 return;
6343 end if;
6345 -- Case of array operand which is not bit-packed. If the context is
6346 -- a safe assignment, call in-place operation, If context is a larger
6347 -- boolean expression in the context of a safe assignment, expansion is
6348 -- done by enclosing operation.
6350 Opnd := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
6351 Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (Opnd);
6352 Arr := Etype (Opnd);
6353 Ensure_Defined (Arr, N);
6354 Silly_Boolean_Array_Not_Test (N, Arr);
6356 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
6357 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (N)), N, Empty) then
6358 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), Opnd, Empty);
6359 return;
6361 -- Special case the negation of a binary operation
6363 elsif Nkind_In (Opnd, N_Op_And, N_Op_Or, N_Op_Xor)
6364 and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
6365 (Name (Parent (N)), Left_Opnd (Opnd), Right_Opnd (Opnd))
6366 then
6367 Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), Opnd, Empty);
6368 return;
6369 end if;
6371 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) in N_Binary_Op
6372 and then Nkind (Parent (Parent (N))) = N_Assignment_Statement
6373 then
6374 declare
6375 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (Parent (N));
6376 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (Parent (N));
6377 Lhs : constant Node_Id := Name (Parent (Parent (N)));
6379 begin
6380 if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Lhs, Op1, Op2) then
6381 if N = Op1
6382 and then Nkind (Op2) = N_Op_Not
6383 then
6384 -- (not A) op (not B) can be reduced to a single call
6386 return;
6388 elsif N = Op2
6389 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Xor
6390 then
6391 -- A xor (not B) can also be special-cased
6393 return;
6394 end if;
6395 end if;
6396 end;
6397 end if;
6399 A := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
6400 B := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
6401 J := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
6403 A_J :=
6404 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
6405 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
6406 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
6408 B_J :=
6409 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
6410 Prefix => New_Reference_To (B, Loc),
6411 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
6413 Loop_Statement :=
6414 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (N,
6415 Identifier => Empty,
6417 Iteration_Scheme =>
6418 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
6419 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
6420 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
6421 Defining_Identifier => J,
6422 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
6423 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
6424 Prefix => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (A)),
6425 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
6427 Statements => New_List (
6428 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
6429 Name => B_J,
6430 Expression => Make_Op_Not (Loc, A_J))));
6432 Func_Name := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('N'));
6433 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
6435 Insert_Action (N,
6436 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
6437 Specification =>
6438 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
6439 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
6440 Parameter_Specifications => New_List (
6441 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
6442 Defining_Identifier => A,
6443 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))),
6444 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
6446 Declarations => New_List (
6447 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
6448 Defining_Identifier => B,
6449 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Arr, Loc))),
6451 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
6452 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
6453 Statements => New_List (
6454 Loop_Statement,
6455 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
6456 Expression =>
6457 Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (B)))))));
6459 Rewrite (N,
6460 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6461 Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
6462 Parameter_Associations => New_List (Opnd)));
6464 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6465 end Expand_N_Op_Not;
6467 --------------------
6468 -- Expand_N_Op_Or --
6469 --------------------
6471 procedure Expand_N_Op_Or (N : Node_Id) is
6472 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6474 begin
6475 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6477 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
6478 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
6480 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
6481 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
6482 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6483 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6484 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6485 end if;
6486 end Expand_N_Op_Or;
6488 ----------------------
6489 -- Expand_N_Op_Plus --
6490 ----------------------
6492 procedure Expand_N_Op_Plus (N : Node_Id) is
6493 begin
6494 Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6495 end Expand_N_Op_Plus;
6497 ---------------------
6498 -- Expand_N_Op_Rem --
6499 ---------------------
6501 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rem (N : Node_Id) is
6502 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6503 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6505 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6506 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6508 LLB : Uint;
6509 Llo : Uint;
6510 Lhi : Uint;
6511 LOK : Boolean;
6512 Rlo : Uint;
6513 Rhi : Uint;
6514 ROK : Boolean;
6516 pragma Warnings (Off, Lhi);
6518 begin
6519 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6521 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
6522 Apply_Divide_Check (N);
6523 end if;
6525 -- Apply optimization x rem 1 = 0. We don't really need that with gcc,
6526 -- but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is certainly
6527 -- harmless.
6529 if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
6530 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right)
6531 and then Expr_Value (Right) = Uint_1
6532 then
6533 -- Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in the
6534 -- ignored left operand (in particular function calls to user defined
6535 -- functions) are properly executed.
6537 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
6539 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
6540 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6541 return;
6542 end if;
6544 -- Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder minus
6545 -- one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because it generates
6546 -- a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
6548 -- In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
6549 -- the remainder is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
6550 -- completely in this case.
6552 Determine_Range (Right, ROK, Rlo, Rhi);
6553 Determine_Range (Left, LOK, Llo, Lhi);
6555 -- The operand type may be private (e.g. in the expansion of an
6556 -- intrinsic operation) so we must use the underlying type to get the
6557 -- bounds, and convert the literals explicitly.
6559 LLB :=
6560 Expr_Value
6561 (Type_Low_Bound (Base_Type (Underlying_Type (Etype (Left)))));
6563 -- Now perform the test, generating code only if needed
6565 if ((not ROK) or else (Rlo <= (-1) and then (-1) <= Rhi))
6566 and then
6567 ((not LOK) or else (Llo = LLB))
6568 then
6569 Rewrite (N,
6570 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
6571 Expressions => New_List (
6572 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
6573 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Right),
6574 Right_Opnd =>
6575 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6576 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, -1))),
6578 Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6579 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0)),
6581 Relocate_Node (N))));
6583 Set_Analyzed (Next (Next (First (Expressions (N)))));
6584 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6585 end if;
6586 end Expand_N_Op_Rem;
6588 -----------------------------
6589 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left --
6590 -----------------------------
6592 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left (N : Node_Id) is
6593 begin
6594 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6595 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left;
6597 ------------------------------
6598 -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right --
6599 ------------------------------
6601 procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right (N : Node_Id) is
6602 begin
6603 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6604 end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right;
6606 ----------------------------
6607 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left --
6608 ----------------------------
6610 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left (N : Node_Id) is
6611 begin
6612 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6613 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left;
6615 -----------------------------
6616 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right --
6617 -----------------------------
6619 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right (N : Node_Id) is
6620 begin
6621 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6622 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right;
6624 ----------------------------------------
6625 -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic --
6626 ----------------------------------------
6628 procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic (N : Node_Id) is
6629 begin
6630 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6631 end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic;
6633 --------------------------
6634 -- Expand_N_Op_Subtract --
6635 --------------------------
6637 procedure Expand_N_Op_Subtract (N : Node_Id) is
6638 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6640 begin
6641 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6643 -- N - 0 = N for integer types
6645 if Is_Integer_Type (Typ)
6646 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right_Opnd (N))
6647 and then Expr_Value (Right_Opnd (N)) = 0
6648 then
6649 Rewrite (N, Left_Opnd (N));
6650 return;
6651 end if;
6653 -- Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
6655 if Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Typ)
6656 or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ)
6657 then
6658 Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
6660 -- Vax floating-point types case
6662 elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
6663 Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
6664 end if;
6665 end Expand_N_Op_Subtract;
6667 ---------------------
6668 -- Expand_N_Op_Xor --
6669 ---------------------
6671 procedure Expand_N_Op_Xor (N : Node_Id) is
6672 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6674 begin
6675 Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6677 if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
6678 Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
6680 elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
6681 Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
6682 Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6683 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6684 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6685 end if;
6686 end Expand_N_Op_Xor;
6688 ----------------------
6689 -- Expand_N_Or_Else --
6690 ----------------------
6692 -- Expand into conditional expression if Actions present, and also
6693 -- deal with optimizing case of arguments being True or False.
6695 procedure Expand_N_Or_Else (N : Node_Id) is
6696 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6697 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6698 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
6699 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
6700 Actlist : List_Id;
6702 begin
6703 -- Deal with non-standard booleans
6705 if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
6706 Adjust_Condition (Left);
6707 Adjust_Condition (Right);
6708 Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6709 end if;
6711 -- Check for cases where left argument is known to be True or False
6713 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Left) then
6715 -- If left argument is False, change (False or else Right) to Right.
6716 -- Any actions associated with Right will be executed unconditionally
6717 -- and can thus be inserted into the tree unconditionally.
6719 if Expr_Value_E (Left) = Standard_False then
6720 if Present (Actions (N)) then
6721 Insert_Actions (N, Actions (N));
6722 end if;
6724 Rewrite (N, Right);
6726 -- If left argument is True, change (True and then Right) to True. In
6727 -- this case we can forget the actions associated with Right, since
6728 -- they will never be executed.
6730 else pragma Assert (Expr_Value_E (Left) = Standard_True);
6731 Kill_Dead_Code (Right);
6732 Kill_Dead_Code (Actions (N));
6733 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc));
6734 end if;
6736 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6737 return;
6738 end if;
6740 -- If Actions are present, we expand
6742 -- left or else right
6744 -- into
6746 -- if left then True else right end
6748 -- with the actions becoming the Else_Actions of the conditional
6749 -- expression. This conditional expression is then further expanded
6750 -- (and will eventually disappear)
6752 if Present (Actions (N)) then
6753 Actlist := Actions (N);
6754 Rewrite (N,
6755 Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
6756 Expressions => New_List (
6757 Left,
6758 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc),
6759 Right)));
6761 Set_Else_Actions (N, Actlist);
6762 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
6763 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6764 return;
6765 end if;
6767 -- No actions present, check for cases of right argument True/False
6769 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right) then
6771 -- Change (Left or else False) to Left. Note that we know there are
6772 -- no actions associated with the True operand, since we just checked
6773 -- for this case above.
6775 if Expr_Value_E (Right) = Standard_False then
6776 Rewrite (N, Left);
6778 -- Change (Left or else True) to True, making sure to preserve any
6779 -- side effects associated with the Left operand.
6781 else pragma Assert (Expr_Value_E (Right) = Standard_True);
6782 Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
6783 Rewrite
6784 (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc));
6785 end if;
6786 end if;
6788 Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6789 end Expand_N_Or_Else;
6791 -----------------------------------
6792 -- Expand_N_Qualified_Expression --
6793 -----------------------------------
6795 procedure Expand_N_Qualified_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
6796 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
6797 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Subtype_Mark (N));
6799 begin
6800 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
6802 if Validity_Checks_On
6803 and then Validity_Check_Operands
6804 then
6805 Ensure_Valid (Operand);
6806 end if;
6808 -- Apply possible constraint check
6810 Apply_Constraint_Check (Operand, Target_Type, No_Sliding => True);
6811 end Expand_N_Qualified_Expression;
6813 ---------------------------------
6814 -- Expand_N_Selected_Component --
6815 ---------------------------------
6817 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a concurrent object, rewrite the
6818 -- prefix to denote the corresponding record type.
6820 procedure Expand_N_Selected_Component (N : Node_Id) is
6821 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6822 Par : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
6823 P : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
6824 Ptyp : Entity_Id := Underlying_Type (Etype (P));
6825 Disc : Entity_Id;
6826 New_N : Node_Id;
6827 Dcon : Elmt_Id;
6829 function In_Left_Hand_Side (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean;
6830 -- Gigi needs a temporary for prefixes that depend on a discriminant,
6831 -- unless the context of an assignment can provide size information.
6832 -- Don't we have a general routine that does this???
6834 -----------------------
6835 -- In_Left_Hand_Side --
6836 -----------------------
6838 function In_Left_Hand_Side (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean is
6839 begin
6840 return (Nkind (Parent (Comp)) = N_Assignment_Statement
6841 and then Comp = Name (Parent (Comp)))
6842 or else (Present (Parent (Comp))
6843 and then Nkind (Parent (Comp)) in N_Subexpr
6844 and then In_Left_Hand_Side (Parent (Comp)));
6845 end In_Left_Hand_Side;
6847 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Selected_Component
6849 begin
6850 -- Insert explicit dereference if required
6852 if Is_Access_Type (Ptyp) then
6853 Insert_Explicit_Dereference (P);
6854 Analyze_And_Resolve (P, Designated_Type (Ptyp));
6856 if Ekind (Etype (P)) = E_Private_Subtype
6857 and then Is_For_Access_Subtype (Etype (P))
6858 then
6859 Set_Etype (P, Base_Type (Etype (P)));
6860 end if;
6862 Ptyp := Etype (P);
6863 end if;
6865 -- Deal with discriminant check required
6867 if Do_Discriminant_Check (N) then
6869 -- Present the discriminant checking function to the backend, so that
6870 -- it can inline the call to the function.
6872 Add_Inlined_Body
6873 (Discriminant_Checking_Func
6874 (Original_Record_Component (Entity (Selector_Name (N)))));
6876 -- Now reset the flag and generate the call
6878 Set_Do_Discriminant_Check (N, False);
6879 Generate_Discriminant_Check (N);
6880 end if;
6882 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
6883 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
6885 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
6886 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (P)
6887 then
6888 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (P);
6889 end if;
6891 -- Gigi cannot handle unchecked conversions that are the prefix of a
6892 -- selected component with discriminants. This must be checked during
6893 -- expansion, because during analysis the type of the selector is not
6894 -- known at the point the prefix is analyzed. If the conversion is the
6895 -- target of an assignment, then we cannot force the evaluation.
6897 if Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
6898 and then Has_Discriminants (Etype (N))
6899 and then not In_Left_Hand_Side (N)
6900 then
6901 Force_Evaluation (Prefix (N));
6902 end if;
6904 -- Remaining processing applies only if selector is a discriminant
6906 if Ekind (Entity (Selector_Name (N))) = E_Discriminant then
6908 -- If the selector is a discriminant of a constrained record type,
6909 -- we may be able to rewrite the expression with the actual value
6910 -- of the discriminant, a useful optimization in some cases.
6912 if Is_Record_Type (Ptyp)
6913 and then Has_Discriminants (Ptyp)
6914 and then Is_Constrained (Ptyp)
6915 then
6916 -- Do this optimization for discrete types only, and not for
6917 -- access types (access discriminants get us into trouble!)
6919 if not Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (N)) then
6920 null;
6922 -- Don't do this on the left hand of an assignment statement.
6923 -- Normally one would think that references like this would
6924 -- not occur, but they do in generated code, and mean that
6925 -- we really do want to assign the discriminant!
6927 elsif Nkind (Par) = N_Assignment_Statement
6928 and then Name (Par) = N
6929 then
6930 null;
6932 -- Don't do this optimization for the prefix of an attribute or
6933 -- the operand of an object renaming declaration since these are
6934 -- contexts where we do not want the value anyway.
6936 elsif (Nkind (Par) = N_Attribute_Reference
6937 and then Prefix (Par) = N)
6938 or else Is_Renamed_Object (N)
6939 then
6940 null;
6942 -- Don't do this optimization if we are within the code for a
6943 -- discriminant check, since the whole point of such a check may
6944 -- be to verify the condition on which the code below depends!
6946 elsif Is_In_Discriminant_Check (N) then
6947 null;
6949 -- Green light to see if we can do the optimization. There is
6950 -- still one condition that inhibits the optimization below but
6951 -- now is the time to check the particular discriminant.
6953 else
6954 -- Loop through discriminants to find the matching discriminant
6955 -- constraint to see if we can copy it.
6957 Disc := First_Discriminant (Ptyp);
6958 Dcon := First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (Ptyp));
6959 Discr_Loop : while Present (Dcon) loop
6961 -- Check if this is the matching discriminant
6963 if Disc = Entity (Selector_Name (N)) then
6965 -- Here we have the matching discriminant. Check for
6966 -- the case of a discriminant of a component that is
6967 -- constrained by an outer discriminant, which cannot
6968 -- be optimized away.
6971 Denotes_Discriminant
6972 (Node (Dcon), Check_Concurrent => True)
6973 then
6974 exit Discr_Loop;
6976 -- In the context of a case statement, the expression may
6977 -- have the base type of the discriminant, and we need to
6978 -- preserve the constraint to avoid spurious errors on
6979 -- missing cases.
6981 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Case_Statement
6982 and then Etype (Node (Dcon)) /= Etype (Disc)
6983 then
6984 Rewrite (N,
6985 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
6986 Subtype_Mark =>
6987 New_Occurrence_Of (Etype (Disc), Loc),
6988 Expression =>
6989 New_Copy_Tree (Node (Dcon))));
6990 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Etype (Disc));
6992 -- In case that comes out as a static expression,
6993 -- reset it (a selected component is never static).
6995 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
6996 return;
6998 -- Otherwise we can just copy the constraint, but the
6999 -- result is certainly not static! In some cases the
7000 -- discriminant constraint has been analyzed in the
7001 -- context of the original subtype indication, but for
7002 -- itypes the constraint might not have been analyzed
7003 -- yet, and this must be done now.
7005 else
7006 Rewrite (N, New_Copy_Tree (Node (Dcon)));
7007 Analyze_And_Resolve (N);
7008 Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
7009 return;
7010 end if;
7011 end if;
7013 Next_Elmt (Dcon);
7014 Next_Discriminant (Disc);
7015 end loop Discr_Loop;
7017 -- Note: the above loop should always find a matching
7018 -- discriminant, but if it does not, we just missed an
7019 -- optimization due to some glitch (perhaps a previous error),
7020 -- so ignore.
7022 end if;
7023 end if;
7025 -- The only remaining processing is in the case of a discriminant of
7026 -- a concurrent object, where we rewrite the prefix to denote the
7027 -- corresponding record type. If the type is derived and has renamed
7028 -- discriminants, use corresponding discriminant, which is the one
7029 -- that appears in the corresponding record.
7031 if not Is_Concurrent_Type (Ptyp) then
7032 return;
7033 end if;
7035 Disc := Entity (Selector_Name (N));
7037 if Is_Derived_Type (Ptyp)
7038 and then Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (Disc))
7039 then
7040 Disc := Corresponding_Discriminant (Disc);
7041 end if;
7043 New_N :=
7044 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
7045 Prefix =>
7046 Unchecked_Convert_To (Corresponding_Record_Type (Ptyp),
7047 New_Copy_Tree (P)),
7048 Selector_Name => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (Disc)));
7050 Rewrite (N, New_N);
7051 Analyze (N);
7052 end if;
7053 end Expand_N_Selected_Component;
7055 --------------------
7056 -- Expand_N_Slice --
7057 --------------------
7059 procedure Expand_N_Slice (N : Node_Id) is
7060 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7061 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7062 Pfx : constant Node_Id := Prefix (N);
7063 Ptp : Entity_Id := Etype (Pfx);
7065 function Is_Procedure_Actual (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
7066 -- Check whether the argument is an actual for a procedure call, in
7067 -- which case the expansion of a bit-packed slice is deferred until the
7068 -- call itself is expanded. The reason this is required is that we might
7069 -- have an IN OUT or OUT parameter, and the copy out is essential, and
7070 -- that copy out would be missed if we created a temporary here in
7071 -- Expand_N_Slice. Note that we don't bother to test specifically for an
7072 -- IN OUT or OUT mode parameter, since it is a bit tricky to do, and it
7073 -- is harmless to defer expansion in the IN case, since the call
7074 -- processing will still generate the appropriate copy in operation,
7075 -- which will take care of the slice.
7077 procedure Make_Temporary;
7078 -- Create a named variable for the value of the slice, in cases where
7079 -- the back-end cannot handle it properly, e.g. when packed types or
7080 -- unaligned slices are involved.
7082 -------------------------
7083 -- Is_Procedure_Actual --
7084 -------------------------
7086 function Is_Procedure_Actual (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
7087 Par : Node_Id := Parent (N);
7089 begin
7090 loop
7091 -- If our parent is a procedure call we can return
7093 if Nkind (Par) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement then
7094 return True;
7096 -- If our parent is a type conversion, keep climbing the tree,
7097 -- since a type conversion can be a procedure actual. Also keep
7098 -- climbing if parameter association or a qualified expression,
7099 -- since these are additional cases that do can appear on
7100 -- procedure actuals.
7102 elsif Nkind_In (Par, N_Type_Conversion,
7103 N_Parameter_Association,
7104 N_Qualified_Expression)
7105 then
7106 Par := Parent (Par);
7108 -- Any other case is not what we are looking for
7110 else
7111 return False;
7112 end if;
7113 end loop;
7114 end Is_Procedure_Actual;
7116 --------------------
7117 -- Make_Temporary --
7118 --------------------
7120 procedure Make_Temporary is
7121 Decl : Node_Id;
7122 Ent : constant Entity_Id :=
7123 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('T'));
7124 begin
7125 Decl :=
7126 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7127 Defining_Identifier => Ent,
7128 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc));
7130 Set_No_Initialization (Decl);
7132 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
7133 Decl,
7134 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
7135 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
7136 Expression => Relocate_Node (N))));
7138 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc));
7139 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7140 end Make_Temporary;
7142 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Slice
7144 begin
7145 -- Special handling for access types
7147 if Is_Access_Type (Ptp) then
7149 Ptp := Designated_Type (Ptp);
7151 Rewrite (Pfx,
7152 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Sloc (N),
7153 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Pfx)));
7155 Analyze_And_Resolve (Pfx, Ptp);
7156 end if;
7158 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
7159 -- function, then additional actuals must be passed.
7161 if Ada_Version >= Ada_05
7162 and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Pfx)
7163 then
7164 Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (Pfx);
7165 end if;
7167 -- Range checks are potentially also needed for cases involving a slice
7168 -- indexed by a subtype indication, but Do_Range_Check can currently
7169 -- only be set for expressions ???
7171 if not Index_Checks_Suppressed (Ptp)
7172 and then (not Is_Entity_Name (Pfx)
7173 or else not Index_Checks_Suppressed (Entity (Pfx)))
7174 and then Nkind (Discrete_Range (N)) /= N_Subtype_Indication
7176 -- Do not enable range check to nodes associated with the frontend
7177 -- expansion of the dispatch table. We first check if Ada.Tags is
7178 -- already loaded to avoid the addition of an undesired dependence
7179 -- on such run-time unit.
7181 and then
7182 (VM_Target /= No_VM
7183 or else not
7184 (RTU_Loaded (Ada_Tags)
7185 and then Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Selected_Component
7186 and then Present (Entity (Selector_Name (Prefix (N))))
7187 and then Entity (Selector_Name (Prefix (N))) =
7188 RTE_Record_Component (RE_Prims_Ptr)))
7189 then
7190 Enable_Range_Check (Discrete_Range (N));
7191 end if;
7193 -- The remaining case to be handled is packed slices. We can leave
7194 -- packed slices as they are in the following situations:
7196 -- 1. Right or left side of an assignment (we can handle this
7197 -- situation correctly in the assignment statement expansion).
7199 -- 2. Prefix of indexed component (the slide is optimized away in this
7200 -- case, see the start of Expand_N_Slice.)
7202 -- 3. Object renaming declaration, since we want the name of the
7203 -- slice, not the value.
7205 -- 4. Argument to procedure call, since copy-in/copy-out handling may
7206 -- be required, and this is handled in the expansion of call
7207 -- itself.
7209 -- 5. Prefix of an address attribute (this is an error which is caught
7210 -- elsewhere, and the expansion would interfere with generating the
7211 -- error message).
7213 if not Is_Packed (Typ) then
7215 -- Apply transformation for actuals of a function call, where
7216 -- Expand_Actuals is not used.
7218 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Function_Call
7219 and then Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Slice (N)
7220 then
7221 Make_Temporary;
7222 end if;
7224 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement
7225 or else (Nkind (Parent (Parent (N))) = N_Assignment_Statement
7226 and then Parent (N) = Name (Parent (Parent (N))))
7227 then
7228 return;
7230 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Indexed_Component
7231 or else Is_Renamed_Object (N)
7232 or else Is_Procedure_Actual (N)
7233 then
7234 return;
7236 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
7237 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Address
7238 then
7239 return;
7241 else
7242 Make_Temporary;
7243 end if;
7244 end Expand_N_Slice;
7246 ------------------------------
7247 -- Expand_N_Type_Conversion --
7248 ------------------------------
7250 procedure Expand_N_Type_Conversion (N : Node_Id) is
7251 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7252 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
7253 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7254 Operand_Type : Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
7256 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation;
7257 -- This is called in the case of record and array type conversions to
7258 -- see if there is a change of representation to be handled. Change of
7259 -- representation is actually handled at the assignment statement level,
7260 -- and what this procedure does is rewrite node N conversion as an
7261 -- assignment to temporary. If there is no change of representation,
7262 -- then the conversion node is unchanged.
7264 procedure Real_Range_Check;
7265 -- Handles generation of range check for real target value
7267 -----------------------------------
7268 -- Handle_Changed_Representation --
7269 -----------------------------------
7271 procedure Handle_Changed_Representation is
7272 Temp : Entity_Id;
7273 Decl : Node_Id;
7274 Odef : Node_Id;
7275 Disc : Node_Id;
7276 N_Ix : Node_Id;
7277 Cons : List_Id;
7279 begin
7280 -- Nothing else to do if no change of representation
7282 if Same_Representation (Operand_Type, Target_Type) then
7283 return;
7285 -- The real change of representation work is done by the assignment
7286 -- statement processing. So if this type conversion is appearing as
7287 -- the expression of an assignment statement, nothing needs to be
7288 -- done to the conversion.
7290 elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
7291 return;
7293 -- Otherwise we need to generate a temporary variable, and do the
7294 -- change of representation assignment into that temporary variable.
7295 -- The conversion is then replaced by a reference to this variable.
7297 else
7298 Cons := No_List;
7300 -- If type is unconstrained we have to add a constraint, copied
7301 -- from the actual value of the left hand side.
7303 if not Is_Constrained (Target_Type) then
7304 if Has_Discriminants (Operand_Type) then
7305 Disc := First_Discriminant (Operand_Type);
7307 if Disc /= First_Stored_Discriminant (Operand_Type) then
7308 Disc := First_Stored_Discriminant (Operand_Type);
7309 end if;
7311 Cons := New_List;
7312 while Present (Disc) loop
7313 Append_To (Cons,
7314 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
7315 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (Operand),
7316 Selector_Name =>
7317 Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (Disc))));
7318 Next_Discriminant (Disc);
7319 end loop;
7321 elsif Is_Array_Type (Operand_Type) then
7322 N_Ix := First_Index (Target_Type);
7323 Cons := New_List;
7325 for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Operand_Type) loop
7327 -- We convert the bounds explicitly. We use an unchecked
7328 -- conversion because bounds checks are done elsewhere.
7330 Append_To (Cons,
7331 Make_Range (Loc,
7332 Low_Bound =>
7333 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (N_Ix),
7334 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7335 Prefix =>
7336 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
7337 (Operand, Name_Req => True),
7338 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
7339 Expressions => New_List (
7340 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J)))),
7342 High_Bound =>
7343 Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (N_Ix),
7344 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7345 Prefix =>
7346 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
7347 (Operand, Name_Req => True),
7348 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
7349 Expressions => New_List (
7350 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J))))));
7352 Next_Index (N_Ix);
7353 end loop;
7354 end if;
7355 end if;
7357 Odef := New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc);
7359 if Present (Cons) then
7360 Odef :=
7361 Make_Subtype_Indication (Loc,
7362 Subtype_Mark => Odef,
7363 Constraint =>
7364 Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint (Loc,
7365 Constraints => Cons));
7366 end if;
7368 Temp := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('C'));
7369 Decl :=
7370 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7371 Defining_Identifier => Temp,
7372 Object_Definition => Odef);
7374 Set_No_Initialization (Decl, True);
7376 -- Insert required actions. It is essential to suppress checks
7377 -- since we have suppressed default initialization, which means
7378 -- that the variable we create may have no discriminants.
7380 Insert_Actions (N,
7381 New_List (
7382 Decl,
7383 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
7384 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
7385 Expression => Relocate_Node (N))),
7386 Suppress => All_Checks);
7388 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc));
7389 return;
7390 end if;
7391 end Handle_Changed_Representation;
7393 ----------------------
7394 -- Real_Range_Check --
7395 ----------------------
7397 -- Case of conversions to floating-point or fixed-point. If range checks
7398 -- are enabled and the target type has a range constraint, we convert:
7400 -- typ (x)
7402 -- to
7404 -- Tnn : typ'Base := typ'Base (x);
7405 -- [constraint_error when Tnn < typ'First or else Tnn > typ'Last]
7406 -- Tnn
7408 -- This is necessary when there is a conversion of integer to float or
7409 -- to fixed-point to ensure that the correct checks are made. It is not
7410 -- necessary for float to float where it is enough to simply set the
7411 -- Do_Range_Check flag.
7413 procedure Real_Range_Check is
7414 Btyp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Target_Type);
7415 Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type);
7416 Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Target_Type);
7417 Xtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
7418 Conv : Node_Id;
7419 Tnn : Entity_Id;
7421 begin
7422 -- Nothing to do if conversion was rewritten
7424 if Nkind (N) /= N_Type_Conversion then
7425 return;
7426 end if;
7428 -- Nothing to do if range checks suppressed, or target has the same
7429 -- range as the base type (or is the base type).
7431 if Range_Checks_Suppressed (Target_Type)
7432 or else (Lo = Type_Low_Bound (Btyp)
7433 and then
7434 Hi = Type_High_Bound (Btyp))
7435 then
7436 return;
7437 end if;
7439 -- Nothing to do if expression is an entity on which checks have been
7440 -- suppressed.
7442 if Is_Entity_Name (Operand)
7443 and then Range_Checks_Suppressed (Entity (Operand))
7444 then
7445 return;
7446 end if;
7448 -- Nothing to do if bounds are all static and we can tell that the
7449 -- expression is within the bounds of the target. Note that if the
7450 -- operand is of an unconstrained floating-point type, then we do
7451 -- not trust it to be in range (might be infinite)
7453 declare
7454 S_Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Xtyp);
7455 S_Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Xtyp);
7457 begin
7458 if (not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Xtyp)
7459 or else Is_Constrained (Xtyp))
7460 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (S_Lo)
7461 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (S_Hi)
7462 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
7463 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
7464 then
7465 declare
7466 D_Lov : constant Ureal := Expr_Value_R (Lo);
7467 D_Hiv : constant Ureal := Expr_Value_R (Hi);
7468 S_Lov : Ureal;
7469 S_Hiv : Ureal;
7471 begin
7472 if Is_Real_Type (Xtyp) then
7473 S_Lov := Expr_Value_R (S_Lo);
7474 S_Hiv := Expr_Value_R (S_Hi);
7475 else
7476 S_Lov := UR_From_Uint (Expr_Value (S_Lo));
7477 S_Hiv := UR_From_Uint (Expr_Value (S_Hi));
7478 end if;
7480 if D_Hiv > D_Lov
7481 and then S_Lov >= D_Lov
7482 and then S_Hiv <= D_Hiv
7483 then
7484 Set_Do_Range_Check (Operand, False);
7485 return;
7486 end if;
7487 end;
7488 end if;
7489 end;
7491 -- For float to float conversions, we are done
7493 if Is_Floating_Point_Type (Xtyp)
7494 and then
7495 Is_Floating_Point_Type (Btyp)
7496 then
7497 return;
7498 end if;
7500 -- Otherwise rewrite the conversion as described above
7502 Conv := Relocate_Node (N);
7503 Rewrite
7504 (Subtype_Mark (Conv), New_Occurrence_Of (Btyp, Loc));
7505 Set_Etype (Conv, Btyp);
7507 -- Enable overflow except for case of integer to float conversions,
7508 -- where it is never required, since we can never have overflow in
7509 -- this case.
7511 if not Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Operand)) then
7512 Enable_Overflow_Check (Conv);
7513 end if;
7515 Tnn :=
7516 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
7517 Chars => New_Internal_Name ('T'));
7519 Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
7520 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7521 Defining_Identifier => Tnn,
7522 Object_Definition => New_Occurrence_Of (Btyp, Loc),
7523 Expression => Conv),
7525 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
7526 Condition =>
7527 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
7528 Left_Opnd =>
7529 Make_Op_Lt (Loc,
7530 Left_Opnd => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
7531 Right_Opnd =>
7532 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7533 Attribute_Name => Name_First,
7534 Prefix =>
7535 New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc))),
7537 Right_Opnd =>
7538 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
7539 Left_Opnd => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
7540 Right_Opnd =>
7541 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7542 Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
7543 Prefix =>
7544 New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc)))),
7545 Reason => CE_Range_Check_Failed)));
7547 Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc));
7548 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Btyp);
7549 end Real_Range_Check;
7551 -- Start of processing for Expand_N_Type_Conversion
7553 begin
7554 -- Nothing at all to do if conversion is to the identical type so remove
7555 -- the conversion completely, it is useless.
7557 if Operand_Type = Target_Type then
7558 Rewrite (N, Relocate_Node (Operand));
7559 return;
7560 end if;
7562 -- Nothing to do if this is the second argument of read. This is a
7563 -- "backwards" conversion that will be handled by the specialized code
7564 -- in attribute processing.
7566 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
7567 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Read
7568 and then Next (First (Expressions (Parent (N)))) = N
7569 then
7570 return;
7571 end if;
7573 -- Here if we may need to expand conversion
7575 -- Do validity check if validity checking operands
7577 if Validity_Checks_On
7578 and then Validity_Check_Operands
7579 then
7580 Ensure_Valid (Operand);
7581 end if;
7583 -- Special case of converting from non-standard boolean type
7585 if Is_Boolean_Type (Operand_Type)
7586 and then (Nonzero_Is_True (Operand_Type))
7587 then
7588 Adjust_Condition (Operand);
7589 Set_Etype (Operand, Standard_Boolean);
7590 Operand_Type := Standard_Boolean;
7591 end if;
7593 -- Case of converting to an access type
7595 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
7597 -- Apply an accessibility check when the conversion operand is an
7598 -- access parameter (or a renaming thereof), unless conversion was
7599 -- expanded from an Unchecked_ or Unrestricted_Access attribute.
7600 -- Note that other checks may still need to be applied below (such
7601 -- as tagged type checks).
7603 if Is_Entity_Name (Operand)
7604 and then
7605 (Is_Formal (Entity (Operand))
7606 or else
7607 (Present (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand)))
7608 and then Is_Entity_Name (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand)))
7609 and then Is_Formal
7610 (Entity (Renamed_Object (Entity (Operand))))))
7611 and then Ekind (Etype (Operand)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
7612 and then (Nkind (Original_Node (N)) /= N_Attribute_Reference
7613 or else Attribute_Name (Original_Node (N)) = Name_Access)
7614 then
7615 Apply_Accessibility_Check
7616 (Operand, Target_Type, Insert_Node => Operand);
7618 -- If the level of the operand type is statically deeper than the
7619 -- level of the target type, then force Program_Error. Note that this
7620 -- can only occur for cases where the attribute is within the body of
7621 -- an instantiation (otherwise the conversion will already have been
7622 -- rejected as illegal). Note: warnings are issued by the analyzer
7623 -- for the instance cases.
7625 elsif In_Instance_Body
7626 and then Type_Access_Level (Operand_Type) >
7627 Type_Access_Level (Target_Type)
7628 then
7629 Rewrite (N,
7630 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Sloc (N),
7631 Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
7632 Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
7634 -- When the operand is a selected access discriminant the check needs
7635 -- to be made against the level of the object denoted by the prefix
7636 -- of the selected name. Force Program_Error for this case as well
7637 -- (this accessibility violation can only happen if within the body
7638 -- of an instantiation).
7640 elsif In_Instance_Body
7641 and then Ekind (Operand_Type) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
7642 and then Nkind (Operand) = N_Selected_Component
7643 and then Object_Access_Level (Operand) >
7644 Type_Access_Level (Target_Type)
7645 then
7646 Rewrite (N,
7647 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Sloc (N),
7648 Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
7649 Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
7650 end if;
7651 end if;
7653 -- Case of conversions of tagged types and access to tagged types
7655 -- When needed, that is to say when the expression is class-wide, Add
7656 -- runtime a tag check for (strict) downward conversion by using the
7657 -- membership test, generating:
7659 -- [constraint_error when Operand not in Target_Type'Class]
7661 -- or in the access type case
7663 -- [constraint_error
7664 -- when Operand /= null
7665 -- and then Operand.all not in
7666 -- Designated_Type (Target_Type)'Class]
7668 if (Is_Access_Type (Target_Type)
7669 and then Is_Tagged_Type (Designated_Type (Target_Type)))
7670 or else Is_Tagged_Type (Target_Type)
7671 then
7672 -- Do not do any expansion in the access type case if the parent is a
7673 -- renaming, since this is an error situation which will be caught by
7674 -- Sem_Ch8, and the expansion can interfere with this error check.
7676 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type)
7677 and then Is_Renamed_Object (N)
7678 then
7679 return;
7680 end if;
7682 -- Otherwise, proceed with processing tagged conversion
7684 declare
7685 Actual_Op_Typ : Entity_Id;
7686 Actual_Targ_Typ : Entity_Id;
7687 Make_Conversion : Boolean := False;
7688 Root_Op_Typ : Entity_Id;
7690 procedure Make_Tag_Check (Targ_Typ : Entity_Id);
7691 -- Create a membership check to test whether Operand is a member
7692 -- of Targ_Typ. If the original Target_Type is an access, include
7693 -- a test for null value. The check is inserted at N.
7695 --------------------
7696 -- Make_Tag_Check --
7697 --------------------
7699 procedure Make_Tag_Check (Targ_Typ : Entity_Id) is
7700 Cond : Node_Id;
7702 begin
7703 -- Generate:
7704 -- [Constraint_Error
7705 -- when Operand /= null
7706 -- and then Operand.all not in Targ_Typ]
7708 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
7709 Cond :=
7710 Make_And_Then (Loc,
7711 Left_Opnd =>
7712 Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
7713 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand),
7714 Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
7716 Right_Opnd =>
7717 Make_Not_In (Loc,
7718 Left_Opnd =>
7719 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
7720 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand)),
7721 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Targ_Typ, Loc)));
7723 -- Generate:
7724 -- [Constraint_Error when Operand not in Targ_Typ]
7726 else
7727 Cond :=
7728 Make_Not_In (Loc,
7729 Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand),
7730 Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Targ_Typ, Loc));
7731 end if;
7733 Insert_Action (N,
7734 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
7735 Condition => Cond,
7736 Reason => CE_Tag_Check_Failed));
7737 end Make_Tag_Check;
7739 -- Start of processing
7741 begin
7742 if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
7743 Actual_Op_Typ := Designated_Type (Operand_Type);
7744 Actual_Targ_Typ := Designated_Type (Target_Type);
7746 else
7747 Actual_Op_Typ := Operand_Type;
7748 Actual_Targ_Typ := Target_Type;
7749 end if;
7751 Root_Op_Typ := Root_Type (Actual_Op_Typ);
7753 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle interface type conversion
7755 if Is_Interface (Actual_Op_Typ) then
7756 Expand_Interface_Conversion (N, Is_Static => False);
7757 return;
7758 end if;
7760 if not Tag_Checks_Suppressed (Actual_Targ_Typ) then
7762 -- Create a runtime tag check for a downward class-wide type
7763 -- conversion.
7765 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Actual_Op_Typ)
7766 and then Root_Op_Typ /= Actual_Targ_Typ
7767 and then Is_Ancestor (Root_Op_Typ, Actual_Targ_Typ)
7768 then
7769 Make_Tag_Check (Class_Wide_Type (Actual_Targ_Typ));
7770 Make_Conversion := True;
7771 end if;
7773 -- AI05-0073: If the result subtype of the function is defined
7774 -- by an access_definition designating a specific tagged type
7775 -- T, a check is made that the result value is null or the tag
7776 -- of the object designated by the result value identifies T.
7777 -- Constraint_Error is raised if this check fails.
7779 if Nkind (Parent (N)) = Sinfo.N_Return_Statement then
7780 declare
7781 Func : Entity_Id;
7782 Func_Typ : Entity_Id;
7784 begin
7785 -- Climb scope stack looking for the enclosing function
7787 Func := Current_Scope;
7788 while Present (Func)
7789 and then Ekind (Func) /= E_Function
7790 loop
7791 Func := Scope (Func);
7792 end loop;
7794 -- The function's return subtype must be defined using
7795 -- an access definition.
7797 if Nkind (Result_Definition (Parent (Func))) =
7798 N_Access_Definition
7799 then
7800 Func_Typ := Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (Func));
7802 -- The return subtype denotes a specific tagged type,
7803 -- in other words, a non class-wide type.
7805 if Is_Tagged_Type (Func_Typ)
7806 and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (Func_Typ)
7807 then
7808 Make_Tag_Check (Actual_Targ_Typ);
7809 Make_Conversion := True;
7810 end if;
7811 end if;
7812 end;
7813 end if;
7815 -- We have generated a tag check for either a class-wide type
7816 -- conversion or for AI05-0073.
7818 if Make_Conversion then
7819 declare
7820 Conv : Node_Id;
7821 begin
7822 Conv :=
7823 Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (Loc,
7824 Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc),
7825 Expression => Relocate_Node (Expression (N)));
7826 Rewrite (N, Conv);
7827 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
7828 end;
7829 end if;
7830 end if;
7831 end;
7833 -- Case of other access type conversions
7835 elsif Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
7836 Apply_Constraint_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
7838 -- Case of conversions from a fixed-point type
7840 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
7841 -- the Exp_Fixd package. We ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
7842 -- since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
7843 -- conversions, which do not need further processing.
7845 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Operand_Type)
7846 and then not Conversion_OK (N)
7847 then
7848 -- We should never see universal fixed at this case, since the
7849 -- expansion of the constituent divide or multiply should have
7850 -- eliminated the explicit mention of universal fixed.
7852 pragma Assert (Operand_Type /= Universal_Fixed);
7854 -- Check for special case of the conversion to universal real that
7855 -- occurs as a result of the use of a round attribute. In this case,
7856 -- the real type for the conversion is taken from the target type of
7857 -- the Round attribute and the result must be marked as rounded.
7859 if Target_Type = Universal_Real
7860 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
7861 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Round
7862 then
7863 Set_Rounded_Result (N);
7864 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Parent (N)));
7865 end if;
7867 -- Otherwise do correct fixed-conversion, but skip these if the
7868 -- Conversion_OK flag is set, because from a semantic point of
7869 -- view these are simple integer conversions needing no further
7870 -- processing (the backend will simply treat them as integers)
7872 if not Conversion_OK (N) then
7873 if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Etype (N)) then
7874 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Fixed (N);
7875 Real_Range_Check;
7877 elsif Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
7878 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Integer (N);
7880 else
7881 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Etype (N)));
7882 Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Float (N);
7883 Real_Range_Check;
7884 end if;
7885 end if;
7887 -- Case of conversions to a fixed-point type
7889 -- These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
7890 -- the Exp_Fixd package. Again, ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
7891 -- since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
7892 -- conversions, which do not need further processing.
7894 elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Target_Type)
7895 and then not Conversion_OK (N)
7896 then
7897 if Is_Integer_Type (Operand_Type) then
7898 Expand_Convert_Integer_To_Fixed (N);
7899 Real_Range_Check;
7900 else
7901 pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Operand_Type));
7902 Expand_Convert_Float_To_Fixed (N);
7903 Real_Range_Check;
7904 end if;
7906 -- Case of float-to-integer conversions
7908 -- We also handle float-to-fixed conversions with Conversion_OK set
7909 -- since semantically the fixed-point target is treated as though it
7910 -- were an integer in such cases.
7912 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type (Operand_Type)
7913 and then
7914 (Is_Integer_Type (Target_Type)
7915 or else
7916 (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Target_Type) and then Conversion_OK (N)))
7917 then
7918 -- One more check here, gcc is still not able to do conversions of
7919 -- this type with proper overflow checking, and so gigi is doing an
7920 -- approximation of what is required by doing floating-point compares
7921 -- with the end-point. But that can lose precision in some cases, and
7922 -- give a wrong result. Converting the operand to Universal_Real is
7923 -- helpful, but still does not catch all cases with 64-bit integers
7924 -- on targets with only 64-bit floats
7926 -- The above comment seems obsoleted by Apply_Float_Conversion_Check
7927 -- Can this code be removed ???
7929 if Do_Range_Check (Operand) then
7930 Rewrite (Operand,
7931 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
7932 Subtype_Mark =>
7933 New_Occurrence_Of (Universal_Real, Loc),
7934 Expression =>
7935 Relocate_Node (Operand)));
7937 Set_Etype (Operand, Universal_Real);
7938 Enable_Range_Check (Operand);
7939 Set_Do_Range_Check (Expression (Operand), False);
7940 end if;
7942 -- Case of array conversions
7944 -- Expansion of array conversions, add required length/range checks but
7945 -- only do this if there is no change of representation. For handling of
7946 -- this case, see Handle_Changed_Representation.
7948 elsif Is_Array_Type (Target_Type) then
7950 if Is_Constrained (Target_Type) then
7951 Apply_Length_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
7952 else
7953 Apply_Range_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
7954 end if;
7956 Handle_Changed_Representation;
7958 -- Case of conversions of discriminated types
7960 -- Add required discriminant checks if target is constrained. Again this
7961 -- change is skipped if we have a change of representation.
7963 elsif Has_Discriminants (Target_Type)
7964 and then Is_Constrained (Target_Type)
7965 then
7966 Apply_Discriminant_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
7967 Handle_Changed_Representation;
7969 -- Case of all other record conversions. The only processing required
7970 -- is to check for a change of representation requiring the special
7971 -- assignment processing.
7973 elsif Is_Record_Type (Target_Type) then
7975 -- Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when converting from
7976 -- a derived Unchecked_Union type to an unconstrained type that is
7977 -- not Unchecked_Union if the operand lacks inferable discriminants.
7979 if Is_Derived_Type (Operand_Type)
7980 and then Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Operand_Type))
7981 and then not Is_Constrained (Target_Type)
7982 and then not Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Target_Type))
7983 and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Operand)
7984 then
7985 -- To prevent Gigi from generating illegal code, we generate a
7986 -- Program_Error node, but we give it the target type of the
7987 -- conversion.
7989 declare
7990 PE : constant Node_Id := Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
7991 Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
7993 begin
7994 Set_Etype (PE, Target_Type);
7995 Rewrite (N, PE);
7997 end;
7998 else
7999 Handle_Changed_Representation;
8000 end if;
8002 -- Case of conversions of enumeration types
8004 elsif Is_Enumeration_Type (Target_Type) then
8006 -- Special processing is required if there is a change of
8007 -- representation (from enumeration representation clauses)
8009 if not Same_Representation (Target_Type, Operand_Type) then
8011 -- Convert: x(y) to x'val (ytyp'val (y))
8013 Rewrite (N,
8014 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8015 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc),
8016 Attribute_Name => Name_Val,
8017 Expressions => New_List (
8018 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8019 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Operand_Type, Loc),
8020 Attribute_Name => Name_Pos,
8021 Expressions => New_List (Operand)))));
8023 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8024 end if;
8026 -- Case of conversions to floating-point
8028 elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type (Target_Type) then
8029 Real_Range_Check;
8030 end if;
8032 -- At this stage, either the conversion node has been transformed into
8033 -- some other equivalent expression, or left as a conversion that can
8034 -- be handled by Gigi. The conversions that Gigi can handle are the
8035 -- following:
8037 -- Conversions with no change of representation or type
8039 -- Numeric conversions involving integer, floating- and fixed-point
8040 -- values. Fixed-point values are allowed only if Conversion_OK is
8041 -- set, i.e. if the fixed-point values are to be treated as integers.
8043 -- No other conversions should be passed to Gigi
8045 -- Check: are these rules stated in sinfo??? if so, why restate here???
8047 -- The only remaining step is to generate a range check if we still have
8048 -- a type conversion at this stage and Do_Range_Check is set. For now we
8049 -- do this only for conversions of discrete types.
8051 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion
8052 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (N))
8053 then
8054 declare
8055 Expr : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
8056 Ftyp : Entity_Id;
8057 Ityp : Entity_Id;
8059 begin
8060 if Do_Range_Check (Expr)
8061 and then Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (Expr))
8062 then
8063 Set_Do_Range_Check (Expr, False);
8065 -- Before we do a range check, we have to deal with treating a
8066 -- fixed-point operand as an integer. The way we do this is
8067 -- simply to do an unchecked conversion to an appropriate
8068 -- integer type large enough to hold the result.
8070 -- This code is not active yet, because we are only dealing
8071 -- with discrete types so far ???
8073 if Nkind (Expr) in N_Has_Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
8074 and then Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (Expr)
8075 then
8076 Ftyp := Base_Type (Etype (Expr));
8078 if Esize (Ftyp) >= Esize (Standard_Integer) then
8079 Ityp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
8080 else
8081 Ityp := Standard_Integer;
8082 end if;
8084 Rewrite (Expr, Unchecked_Convert_To (Ityp, Expr));
8085 end if;
8087 -- Reset overflow flag, since the range check will include
8088 -- dealing with possible overflow, and generate the check If
8089 -- Address is either a source type or target type, suppress
8090 -- range check to avoid typing anomalies when it is a visible
8091 -- integer type.
8093 Set_Do_Overflow_Check (N, False);
8094 if not Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Etype (Expr))
8095 and then not Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Target_Type)
8096 then
8097 Generate_Range_Check
8098 (Expr, Target_Type, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
8099 end if;
8100 end if;
8101 end;
8102 end if;
8104 -- Final step, if the result is a type conversion involving Vax_Float
8105 -- types, then it is subject for further special processing.
8107 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion
8108 and then (Vax_Float (Operand_Type) or else Vax_Float (Target_Type))
8109 then
8110 Expand_Vax_Conversion (N);
8111 return;
8112 end if;
8113 end Expand_N_Type_Conversion;
8115 -----------------------------------
8116 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression --
8117 -----------------------------------
8119 -- Remove the unchecked expression node from the tree. It's job was simply
8120 -- to make sure that its constituent expression was handled with checks
8121 -- off, and now that that is done, we can remove it from the tree, and
8122 -- indeed must, since gigi does not expect to see these nodes.
8124 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
8125 Exp : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
8127 begin
8128 Set_Assignment_OK (Exp, Assignment_OK (N) or Assignment_OK (Exp));
8129 Rewrite (N, Exp);
8130 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression;
8132 ----------------------------------------
8133 -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion --
8134 ----------------------------------------
8136 -- If this cannot be handled by Gigi and we haven't already made a
8137 -- temporary for it, do it now.
8139 procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (N : Node_Id) is
8140 Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
8141 Operand : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
8142 Operand_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
8144 begin
8145 -- If we have a conversion of a compile time known value to a target
8146 -- type and the value is in range of the target type, then we can simply
8147 -- replace the construct by an integer literal of the correct type. We
8148 -- only apply this to integer types being converted. Possibly it may
8149 -- apply in other cases, but it is too much trouble to worry about.
8151 -- Note that we do not do this transformation if the Kill_Range_Check
8152 -- flag is set, since then the value may be outside the expected range.
8153 -- This happens in the Normalize_Scalars case.
8155 -- We also skip this if either the target or operand type is biased
8156 -- because in this case, the unchecked conversion is supposed to
8157 -- preserve the bit pattern, not the integer value.
8159 if Is_Integer_Type (Target_Type)
8160 and then not Has_Biased_Representation (Target_Type)
8161 and then Is_Integer_Type (Operand_Type)
8162 and then not Has_Biased_Representation (Operand_Type)
8163 and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Operand)
8164 and then not Kill_Range_Check (N)
8165 then
8166 declare
8167 Val : constant Uint := Expr_Value (Operand);
8169 begin
8170 if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type))
8171 and then
8172 Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (Target_Type))
8173 and then
8174 Val >= Expr_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type))
8175 and then
8176 Val <= Expr_Value (Type_High_Bound (Target_Type))
8177 then
8178 Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Sloc (N), Val));
8180 -- If Address is the target type, just set the type to avoid a
8181 -- spurious type error on the literal when Address is a visible
8182 -- integer type.
8184 if Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Target_Type) then
8185 Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
8186 else
8187 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8188 end if;
8190 return;
8191 end if;
8192 end;
8193 end if;
8195 -- Nothing to do if conversion is safe
8197 if Safe_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (N) then
8198 return;
8199 end if;
8201 -- Otherwise force evaluation unless Assignment_OK flag is set (this
8202 -- flag indicates ??? -- more comments needed here)
8204 if Assignment_OK (N) then
8205 null;
8206 else
8207 Force_Evaluation (N);
8208 end if;
8209 end Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion;
8211 ----------------------------
8212 -- Expand_Record_Equality --
8213 ----------------------------
8215 -- For non-variant records, Equality is expanded when needed into:
8217 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
8218 -- and then ...
8219 -- and then Lhs.Discrn = Rhs.Discrn
8220 -- and then Lhs.Cmp1 = Rhs.Cmp1
8221 -- and then ...
8222 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
8224 -- The expression is folded by the back-end for adjacent fields. This
8225 -- function is called for tagged record in only one occasion: for imple-
8226 -- menting predefined primitive equality (see Predefined_Primitives_Bodies)
8227 -- otherwise the primitive "=" is used directly.
8229 function Expand_Record_Equality
8230 (Nod : Node_Id;
8231 Typ : Entity_Id;
8232 Lhs : Node_Id;
8233 Rhs : Node_Id;
8234 Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id
8236 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
8238 Result : Node_Id;
8239 C : Entity_Id;
8241 First_Time : Boolean := True;
8243 function Suitable_Element (C : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id;
8244 -- Return the first field to compare beginning with C, skipping the
8245 -- inherited components.
8247 ----------------------
8248 -- Suitable_Element --
8249 ----------------------
8251 function Suitable_Element (C : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id is
8252 begin
8253 if No (C) then
8254 return Empty;
8256 elsif Ekind (C) /= E_Discriminant
8257 and then Ekind (C) /= E_Component
8258 then
8259 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8261 elsif Is_Tagged_Type (Typ)
8262 and then C /= Original_Record_Component (C)
8263 then
8264 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8266 elsif Chars (C) = Name_uController
8267 or else Chars (C) = Name_uTag
8268 then
8269 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8271 elsif Is_Interface (Etype (C)) then
8272 return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8274 else
8275 return C;
8276 end if;
8277 end Suitable_Element;
8279 -- Start of processing for Expand_Record_Equality
8281 begin
8282 -- Generates the following code: (assuming that Typ has one Discr and
8283 -- component C2 is also a record)
8285 -- True
8286 -- and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
8287 -- and then Lhs.C1 = Rhs.C1
8288 -- and then Lhs.C2.C1=Rhs.C2.C1 and then ... Lhs.C2.Cn=Rhs.C2.Cn
8289 -- and then ...
8290 -- and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
8292 Result := New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc);
8293 C := Suitable_Element (First_Entity (Typ));
8295 while Present (C) loop
8296 declare
8297 New_Lhs : Node_Id;
8298 New_Rhs : Node_Id;
8299 Check : Node_Id;
8301 begin
8302 if First_Time then
8303 First_Time := False;
8304 New_Lhs := Lhs;
8305 New_Rhs := Rhs;
8306 else
8307 New_Lhs := New_Copy_Tree (Lhs);
8308 New_Rhs := New_Copy_Tree (Rhs);
8309 end if;
8311 Check :=
8312 Expand_Composite_Equality (Nod, Etype (C),
8313 Lhs =>
8314 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
8315 Prefix => New_Lhs,
8316 Selector_Name => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)),
8317 Rhs =>
8318 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
8319 Prefix => New_Rhs,
8320 Selector_Name => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)),
8321 Bodies => Bodies);
8323 -- If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole
8324 -- operation will raise program error.
8326 if Nkind (Check) = N_Raise_Program_Error then
8327 Result := Check;
8328 Set_Etype (Result, Standard_Boolean);
8329 exit;
8330 else
8331 Result :=
8332 Make_And_Then (Loc,
8333 Left_Opnd => Result,
8334 Right_Opnd => Check);
8335 end if;
8336 end;
8338 C := Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
8339 end loop;
8341 return Result;
8342 end Expand_Record_Equality;
8344 -------------------------------------
8345 -- Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation --
8346 -------------------------------------
8348 procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N : Node_Id) is
8349 Conv : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
8351 begin
8352 -- We must have a type conversion immediately above us
8354 pragma Assert (Nkind (Conv) = N_Type_Conversion);
8356 -- Normally the type conversion gives our target type. The exception
8357 -- occurs in the case of the Round attribute, where the conversion
8358 -- will be to universal real, and our real type comes from the Round
8359 -- attribute (as well as an indication that we must round the result)
8361 if Nkind (Parent (Conv)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8362 and then Attribute_Name (Parent (Conv)) = Name_Round
8363 then
8364 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Parent (Conv)));
8365 Set_Rounded_Result (N);
8367 -- Normal case where type comes from conversion above us
8369 else
8370 Set_Etype (N, Etype (Conv));
8371 end if;
8372 end Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation;
8374 ------------------------------
8375 -- Get_Allocator_Final_List --
8376 ------------------------------
8378 function Get_Allocator_Final_List
8379 (N : Node_Id;
8380 T : Entity_Id;
8381 PtrT : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id
8383 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
8385 Owner : Entity_Id := PtrT;
8386 -- The entity whose finalization list must be used to attach the
8387 -- allocated object.
8389 begin
8390 if Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type then
8392 -- If the context is an access parameter, we need to create a
8393 -- non-anonymous access type in order to have a usable final list,
8394 -- because there is otherwise no pool to which the allocated object
8395 -- can belong. We create both the type and the finalization chain
8396 -- here, because freezing an internal type does not create such a
8397 -- chain. The Final_Chain that is thus created is shared by the
8398 -- access parameter. The access type is tested against the result
8399 -- type of the function to exclude allocators whose type is an
8400 -- anonymous access result type. We freeze the type at once to
8401 -- ensure that it is properly decorated for the back-end, even
8402 -- if the context and current scope is a loop.
8404 if Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT))
8405 in N_Subprogram_Specification
8406 and then
8407 PtrT /=
8408 Etype (Defining_Unit_Name (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT)))
8409 then
8410 Owner := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('J'));
8411 Insert_Action (N,
8412 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
8413 Defining_Identifier => Owner,
8414 Type_Definition =>
8415 Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
8416 Subtype_Indication =>
8417 New_Occurrence_Of (T, Loc))));
8419 Freeze_Before (N, Owner);
8420 Build_Final_List (N, Owner);
8421 Set_Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT, Associated_Final_Chain (Owner));
8423 -- Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the context is a return object
8424 -- declaration, then the anonymous return subtype is defined to have
8425 -- the same accessibility level as that of the function's result
8426 -- subtype, which means that we want the scope where the function is
8427 -- declared.
8429 elsif Nkind (Associated_Node_For_Itype (PtrT)) = N_Object_Declaration
8430 and then Ekind (Scope (PtrT)) = E_Return_Statement
8431 then
8432 Owner := Scope (Return_Applies_To (Scope (PtrT)));
8434 -- Case of an access discriminant, or (Ada 2005), of an anonymous
8435 -- access component or anonymous access function result: find the
8436 -- final list associated with the scope of the type. (In the
8437 -- anonymous access component kind, a list controller will have
8438 -- been allocated when freezing the record type, and PtrT has an
8439 -- Associated_Final_Chain attribute designating it.)
8441 elsif No (Associated_Final_Chain (PtrT)) then
8442 Owner := Scope (PtrT);
8443 end if;
8444 end if;
8446 return Find_Final_List (Owner);
8447 end Get_Allocator_Final_List;
8449 ---------------------------------
8450 -- Has_Inferable_Discriminants --
8451 ---------------------------------
8453 function Has_Inferable_Discriminants (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
8455 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
8456 -- Determines whether the left-most prefix of a selected component is a
8457 -- formal parameter in a subprogram. Assumes N is a selected component.
8459 --------------------------------
8460 -- Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter --
8461 --------------------------------
8463 function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
8464 Sel_Comp : Node_Id := N;
8466 begin
8467 -- Move to the left-most prefix by climbing up the tree
8469 while Present (Parent (Sel_Comp))
8470 and then Nkind (Parent (Sel_Comp)) = N_Selected_Component
8471 loop
8472 Sel_Comp := Parent (Sel_Comp);
8473 end loop;
8475 return Ekind (Entity (Prefix (Sel_Comp))) in Formal_Kind;
8476 end Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter;
8478 -- Start of processing for Has_Inferable_Discriminants
8480 begin
8481 -- For identifiers and indexed components, it is sufficient to have a
8482 -- constrained Unchecked_Union nominal subtype.
8484 if Nkind_In (N, N_Identifier, N_Indexed_Component) then
8485 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Etype (N)))
8486 and then
8487 Is_Constrained (Etype (N));
8489 -- For selected components, the subtype of the selector must be a
8490 -- constrained Unchecked_Union. If the component is subject to a
8491 -- per-object constraint, then the enclosing object must have inferable
8492 -- discriminants.
8494 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Selected_Component then
8495 if Has_Per_Object_Constraint (Entity (Selector_Name (N))) then
8497 -- A small hack. If we have a per-object constrained selected
8498 -- component of a formal parameter, return True since we do not
8499 -- know the actual parameter association yet.
8501 if Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N) then
8502 return True;
8503 end if;
8505 -- Otherwise, check the enclosing object and the selector
8507 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Prefix (N))
8508 and then
8509 Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Selector_Name (N));
8510 end if;
8512 -- The call to Has_Inferable_Discriminants will determine whether
8513 -- the selector has a constrained Unchecked_Union nominal type.
8515 return Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Selector_Name (N));
8517 -- A qualified expression has inferable discriminants if its subtype
8518 -- mark is a constrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
8520 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Qualified_Expression then
8521 return Is_Unchecked_Union (Subtype_Mark (N))
8522 and then
8523 Is_Constrained (Subtype_Mark (N));
8525 end if;
8527 return False;
8528 end Has_Inferable_Discriminants;
8530 -------------------------------
8531 -- Insert_Dereference_Action --
8532 -------------------------------
8534 procedure Insert_Dereference_Action (N : Node_Id) is
8535 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
8536 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
8537 Pool : constant Entity_Id := Associated_Storage_Pool (Typ);
8538 Pnod : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
8540 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (P : Entity_Id) return Boolean;
8541 -- Return true if type of P is derived from Checked_Pool;
8543 -----------------------------
8544 -- Is_Checked_Storage_Pool --
8545 -----------------------------
8547 function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (P : Entity_Id) return Boolean is
8548 T : Entity_Id;
8550 begin
8551 if No (P) then
8552 return False;
8553 end if;
8555 T := Etype (P);
8556 while T /= Etype (T) loop
8557 if Is_RTE (T, RE_Checked_Pool) then
8558 return True;
8559 else
8560 T := Etype (T);
8561 end if;
8562 end loop;
8564 return False;
8565 end Is_Checked_Storage_Pool;
8567 -- Start of processing for Insert_Dereference_Action
8569 begin
8570 pragma Assert (Nkind (Pnod) = N_Explicit_Dereference);
8572 if not (Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (Pool)
8573 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (Pnod)))
8574 then
8575 return;
8576 end if;
8578 Insert_Action (N,
8579 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
8580 Name => New_Reference_To (
8581 Find_Prim_Op (Etype (Pool), Name_Dereference), Loc),
8583 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
8585 -- Pool
8587 New_Reference_To (Pool, Loc),
8589 -- Storage_Address. We use the attribute Pool_Address, which uses
8590 -- the pointer itself to find the address of the object, and which
8591 -- handles unconstrained arrays properly by computing the address
8592 -- of the template. i.e. the correct address of the corresponding
8593 -- allocation.
8595 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8596 Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N),
8597 Attribute_Name => Name_Pool_Address),
8599 -- Size_In_Storage_Elements
8601 Make_Op_Divide (Loc,
8602 Left_Opnd =>
8603 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8604 Prefix =>
8605 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
8606 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N)),
8607 Attribute_Name => Name_Size),
8608 Right_Opnd =>
8609 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, System_Storage_Unit)),
8611 -- Alignment
8613 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8614 Prefix =>
8615 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
8616 Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N)),
8617 Attribute_Name => Name_Alignment))));
8619 exception
8620 when RE_Not_Available =>
8621 return;
8622 end Insert_Dereference_Action;
8624 ------------------------------
8625 -- Make_Array_Comparison_Op --
8626 ------------------------------
8628 -- This is a hand-coded expansion of the following generic function:
8630 -- generic
8631 -- type elem is (<>);
8632 -- type index is (<>);
8633 -- type a is array (index range <>) of elem;
8635 -- function Gnnn (X : a; Y: a) return boolean is
8636 -- J : index := Y'first;
8638 -- begin
8639 -- if X'length = 0 then
8640 -- return false;
8642 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
8643 -- return true;
8645 -- else
8646 -- for I in X'range loop
8647 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
8648 -- if J = Y'last then
8649 -- exit;
8650 -- else
8651 -- J := index'succ (J);
8652 -- end if;
8654 -- else
8655 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
8656 -- end if;
8657 -- end loop;
8659 -- return X'length > Y'length;
8660 -- end if;
8661 -- end Gnnn;
8663 -- Note that since we are essentially doing this expansion by hand, we
8664 -- do not need to generate an actual or formal generic part, just the
8665 -- instantiated function itself.
8667 function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
8668 (Typ : Entity_Id;
8669 Nod : Node_Id) return Node_Id
8671 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
8673 X : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uX);
8674 Y : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uY);
8675 I : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uI);
8676 J : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
8678 Index : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (First_Index (Typ)));
8680 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
8681 Loop_Body : Node_Id;
8682 If_Stat : Node_Id;
8683 Inner_If : Node_Id;
8684 Final_Expr : Node_Id;
8685 Func_Body : Node_Id;
8686 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
8687 Formals : List_Id;
8688 Length1 : Node_Id;
8689 Length2 : Node_Id;
8691 begin
8692 -- if J = Y'last then
8693 -- exit;
8694 -- else
8695 -- J := index'succ (J);
8696 -- end if;
8698 Inner_If :=
8699 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
8700 Condition =>
8701 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
8702 Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (J, Loc),
8703 Right_Opnd =>
8704 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8705 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8706 Attribute_Name => Name_Last)),
8708 Then_Statements => New_List (
8709 Make_Exit_Statement (Loc)),
8711 Else_Statements =>
8712 New_List (
8713 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
8714 Name => New_Reference_To (J, Loc),
8715 Expression =>
8716 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8717 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index, Loc),
8718 Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
8719 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc))))));
8721 -- if X (I) = Y (J) then
8722 -- if ... end if;
8723 -- else
8724 -- return X (I) > Y (J);
8725 -- end if;
8727 Loop_Body :=
8728 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
8729 Condition =>
8730 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
8731 Left_Opnd =>
8732 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8733 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
8734 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (I, Loc))),
8736 Right_Opnd =>
8737 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8738 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8739 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)))),
8741 Then_Statements => New_List (Inner_If),
8743 Else_Statements => New_List (
8744 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
8745 Expression =>
8746 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
8747 Left_Opnd =>
8748 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8749 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
8750 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (I, Loc))),
8752 Right_Opnd =>
8753 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8754 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8755 Expressions => New_List (
8756 New_Reference_To (J, Loc)))))));
8758 -- for I in X'range loop
8759 -- if ... end if;
8760 -- end loop;
8762 Loop_Statement :=
8763 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod,
8764 Identifier => Empty,
8766 Iteration_Scheme =>
8767 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
8768 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
8769 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8770 Defining_Identifier => I,
8771 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
8772 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8773 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
8774 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
8776 Statements => New_List (Loop_Body));
8778 -- if X'length = 0 then
8779 -- return false;
8780 -- elsif Y'length = 0 then
8781 -- return true;
8782 -- else
8783 -- for ... loop ... end loop;
8784 -- return X'length > Y'length;
8785 -- end if;
8787 Length1 :=
8788 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8789 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
8790 Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
8792 Length2 :=
8793 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8794 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8795 Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
8797 Final_Expr :=
8798 Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
8799 Left_Opnd => Length1,
8800 Right_Opnd => Length2);
8802 If_Stat :=
8803 Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
8804 Condition =>
8805 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
8806 Left_Opnd =>
8807 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8808 Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
8809 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
8810 Right_Opnd =>
8811 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
8813 Then_Statements =>
8814 New_List (
8815 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
8816 Expression => New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc))),
8818 Elsif_Parts => New_List (
8819 Make_Elsif_Part (Loc,
8820 Condition =>
8821 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
8822 Left_Opnd =>
8823 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8824 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8825 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
8826 Right_Opnd =>
8827 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
8829 Then_Statements =>
8830 New_List (
8831 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
8832 Expression => New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc))))),
8834 Else_Statements => New_List (
8835 Loop_Statement,
8836 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
8837 Expression => Final_Expr)));
8839 -- (X : a; Y: a)
8841 Formals := New_List (
8842 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8843 Defining_Identifier => X,
8844 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
8846 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8847 Defining_Identifier => Y,
8848 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
8850 -- function Gnnn (...) return boolean is
8851 -- J : index := Y'first;
8852 -- begin
8853 -- if ... end if;
8854 -- end Gnnn;
8856 Func_Name := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('G'));
8858 Func_Body :=
8859 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
8860 Specification =>
8861 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
8862 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
8863 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
8864 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Boolean, Loc)),
8866 Declarations => New_List (
8867 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
8868 Defining_Identifier => J,
8869 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Index, Loc),
8870 Expression =>
8871 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8872 Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
8873 Attribute_Name => Name_First))),
8875 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
8876 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
8877 Statements => New_List (If_Stat)));
8879 return Func_Body;
8880 end Make_Array_Comparison_Op;
8882 ---------------------------
8883 -- Make_Boolean_Array_Op --
8884 ---------------------------
8886 -- For logical operations on boolean arrays, expand in line the following,
8887 -- replacing 'and' with 'or' or 'xor' where needed:
8889 -- function Annn (A : typ; B: typ) return typ is
8890 -- C : typ;
8891 -- begin
8892 -- for J in A'range loop
8893 -- C (J) := A (J) op B (J);
8894 -- end loop;
8895 -- return C;
8896 -- end Annn;
8898 -- Here typ is the boolean array type
8900 function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
8901 (Typ : Entity_Id;
8902 N : Node_Id) return Node_Id
8904 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
8906 A : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
8907 B : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
8908 C : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uC);
8909 J : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
8911 A_J : Node_Id;
8912 B_J : Node_Id;
8913 C_J : Node_Id;
8914 Op : Node_Id;
8916 Formals : List_Id;
8917 Func_Name : Entity_Id;
8918 Func_Body : Node_Id;
8919 Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
8921 begin
8922 A_J :=
8923 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8924 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
8925 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
8927 B_J :=
8928 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8929 Prefix => New_Reference_To (B, Loc),
8930 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
8932 C_J :=
8933 Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
8934 Prefix => New_Reference_To (C, Loc),
8935 Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
8937 if Nkind (N) = N_Op_And then
8938 Op :=
8939 Make_Op_And (Loc,
8940 Left_Opnd => A_J,
8941 Right_Opnd => B_J);
8943 elsif Nkind (N) = N_Op_Or then
8944 Op :=
8945 Make_Op_Or (Loc,
8946 Left_Opnd => A_J,
8947 Right_Opnd => B_J);
8949 else
8950 Op :=
8951 Make_Op_Xor (Loc,
8952 Left_Opnd => A_J,
8953 Right_Opnd => B_J);
8954 end if;
8956 Loop_Statement :=
8957 Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (N,
8958 Identifier => Empty,
8960 Iteration_Scheme =>
8961 Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
8962 Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
8963 Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8964 Defining_Identifier => J,
8965 Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
8966 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8967 Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
8968 Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
8970 Statements => New_List (
8971 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
8972 Name => C_J,
8973 Expression => Op)));
8975 Formals := New_List (
8976 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8977 Defining_Identifier => A,
8978 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
8980 Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
8981 Defining_Identifier => B,
8982 Parameter_Type => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
8984 Func_Name :=
8985 Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, New_Internal_Name ('A'));
8986 Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
8988 Func_Body :=
8989 Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
8990 Specification =>
8991 Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
8992 Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
8993 Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
8994 Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
8996 Declarations => New_List (
8997 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
8998 Defining_Identifier => C,
8999 Object_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))),
9001 Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
9002 Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
9003 Statements => New_List (
9004 Loop_Statement,
9005 Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
9006 Expression => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)))));
9008 return Func_Body;
9009 end Make_Boolean_Array_Op;
9011 ------------------------
9012 -- Rewrite_Comparison --
9013 ------------------------
9015 procedure Rewrite_Comparison (N : Node_Id) is
9016 begin
9017 if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion then
9018 Rewrite_Comparison (Expression (N));
9019 return;
9021 elsif Nkind (N) not in N_Op_Compare then
9022 return;
9023 end if;
9025 declare
9026 Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
9027 Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
9028 Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
9030 Res : constant Compare_Result :=
9031 Compile_Time_Compare (Op1, Op2, Assume_Valid => True);
9032 -- Res indicates if compare outcome can be compile time determined
9034 True_Result : Boolean;
9035 False_Result : Boolean;
9037 begin
9038 case N_Op_Compare (Nkind (N)) is
9039 when N_Op_Eq =>
9040 True_Result := Res = EQ;
9041 False_Result := Res = LT or else Res = GT or else Res = NE;
9043 when N_Op_Ge =>
9044 True_Result := Res in Compare_GE;
9045 False_Result := Res = LT;
9047 if Res = LE
9048 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
9049 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
9050 and then Nkind (Original_Node (N)) = N_Op_Ge
9051 and then not In_Instance
9052 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9053 and then not Has_Warnings_Off (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9054 then
9055 Error_Msg_N
9056 ("can never be greater than, could replace by ""'=""?", N);
9057 end if;
9059 when N_Op_Gt =>
9060 True_Result := Res = GT;
9061 False_Result := Res in Compare_LE;
9063 when N_Op_Lt =>
9064 True_Result := Res = LT;
9065 False_Result := Res in Compare_GE;
9067 when N_Op_Le =>
9068 True_Result := Res in Compare_LE;
9069 False_Result := Res = GT;
9071 if Res = GE
9072 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
9073 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
9074 and then Nkind (Original_Node (N)) = N_Op_Le
9075 and then not In_Instance
9076 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9077 and then not Has_Warnings_Off (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
9078 then
9079 Error_Msg_N
9080 ("can never be less than, could replace by ""'=""?", N);
9081 end if;
9083 when N_Op_Ne =>
9084 True_Result := Res = NE or else Res = GT or else Res = LT;
9085 False_Result := Res = EQ;
9086 end case;
9088 if True_Result then
9089 Rewrite (N,
9090 Convert_To (Typ,
9091 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Sloc (N))));
9092 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
9093 Warn_On_Known_Condition (N);
9095 elsif False_Result then
9096 Rewrite (N,
9097 Convert_To (Typ,
9098 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Sloc (N))));
9099 Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
9100 Warn_On_Known_Condition (N);
9101 end if;
9102 end;
9103 end Rewrite_Comparison;
9105 ----------------------------
9106 -- Safe_In_Place_Array_Op --
9107 ----------------------------
9109 function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
9110 (Lhs : Node_Id;
9111 Op1 : Node_Id;
9112 Op2 : Node_Id) return Boolean
9114 Target : Entity_Id;
9116 function Is_Safe_Operand (Op : Node_Id) return Boolean;
9117 -- Operand is safe if it cannot overlap part of the target of the
9118 -- operation. If the operand and the target are identical, the operand
9119 -- is safe. The operand can be empty in the case of negation.
9121 function Is_Unaliased (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
9122 -- Check that N is a stand-alone entity
9124 ------------------
9125 -- Is_Unaliased --
9126 ------------------
9128 function Is_Unaliased (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
9129 begin
9130 return
9131 Is_Entity_Name (N)
9132 and then No (Address_Clause (Entity (N)))
9133 and then No (Renamed_Object (Entity (N)));
9134 end Is_Unaliased;
9136 ---------------------
9137 -- Is_Safe_Operand --
9138 ---------------------
9140 function Is_Safe_Operand (Op : Node_Id) return Boolean is
9141 begin
9142 if No (Op) then
9143 return True;
9145 elsif Is_Entity_Name (Op) then
9146 return Is_Unaliased (Op);
9148 elsif Nkind_In (Op, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component) then
9149 return Is_Unaliased (Prefix (Op));
9151 elsif Nkind (Op) = N_Slice then
9152 return
9153 Is_Unaliased (Prefix (Op))
9154 and then Entity (Prefix (Op)) /= Target;
9156 elsif Nkind (Op) = N_Op_Not then
9157 return Is_Safe_Operand (Right_Opnd (Op));
9159 else
9160 return False;
9161 end if;
9162 end Is_Safe_Operand;
9164 -- Start of processing for Is_Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
9166 begin
9167 -- Skip this processing if the component size is different from system
9168 -- storage unit (since at least for NOT this would cause problems).
9170 if Component_Size (Etype (Lhs)) /= System_Storage_Unit then
9171 return False;
9173 -- Cannot do in place stuff on VM_Target since cannot pass addresses
9175 elsif VM_Target /= No_VM then
9176 return False;
9178 -- Cannot do in place stuff if non-standard Boolean representation
9180 elsif Has_Non_Standard_Rep (Component_Type (Etype (Lhs))) then
9181 return False;
9183 elsif not Is_Unaliased (Lhs) then
9184 return False;
9185 else
9186 Target := Entity (Lhs);
9188 return
9189 Is_Safe_Operand (Op1)
9190 and then Is_Safe_Operand (Op2);
9191 end if;
9192 end Safe_In_Place_Array_Op;
9194 -----------------------
9195 -- Tagged_Membership --
9196 -----------------------
9198 -- There are two different cases to consider depending on whether the right
9199 -- operand is a class-wide type or not. If not we just compare the actual
9200 -- tag of the left expr to the target type tag:
9202 -- Left_Expr.Tag = Right_Type'Tag;
9204 -- If it is a class-wide type we use the RT function CW_Membership which is
9205 -- usually implemented by looking in the ancestor tables contained in the
9206 -- dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
9208 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): If it is a class-wide interface type we use the RT
9209 -- function IW_Membership which is usually implemented by looking in the
9210 -- table of abstract interface types plus the ancestor table contained in
9211 -- the dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
9213 function Tagged_Membership (N : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
9214 Left : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
9215 Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
9216 Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
9218 Left_Type : Entity_Id;
9219 Right_Type : Entity_Id;
9220 Obj_Tag : Node_Id;
9222 begin
9223 Left_Type := Etype (Left);
9224 Right_Type := Etype (Right);
9226 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Left_Type) then
9227 Left_Type := Root_Type (Left_Type);
9228 end if;
9230 Obj_Tag :=
9231 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
9232 Prefix => Relocate_Node (Left),
9233 Selector_Name =>
9234 New_Reference_To (First_Tag_Component (Left_Type), Loc));
9236 if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Right_Type) then
9238 -- No need to issue a run-time check if we statically know that the
9239 -- result of this membership test is always true. For example,
9240 -- considering the following declarations:
9242 -- type Iface is interface;
9243 -- type T is tagged null record;
9244 -- type DT is new T and Iface with null record;
9246 -- Obj1 : T;
9247 -- Obj2 : DT;
9249 -- These membership tests are always true:
9251 -- Obj1 in T'Class
9252 -- Obj2 in T'Class;
9253 -- Obj2 in Iface'Class;
9255 -- We do not need to handle cases where the membership is illegal.
9256 -- For example:
9258 -- Obj1 in DT'Class; -- Compile time error
9259 -- Obj1 in Iface'Class; -- Compile time error
9261 if not Is_Class_Wide_Type (Left_Type)
9262 and then (Is_Ancestor (Etype (Right_Type), Left_Type)
9263 or else (Is_Interface (Etype (Right_Type))
9264 and then Interface_Present_In_Ancestor
9265 (Typ => Left_Type,
9266 Iface => Etype (Right_Type))))
9267 then
9268 return New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc);
9269 end if;
9271 -- Ada 2005 (AI-251): Class-wide applied to interfaces
9273 if Is_Interface (Etype (Class_Wide_Type (Right_Type)))
9275 -- Support to: "Iface_CW_Typ in Typ'Class"
9277 or else Is_Interface (Left_Type)
9278 then
9279 -- Issue error if IW_Membership operation not available in a
9280 -- configurable run time setting.
9282 if not RTE_Available (RE_IW_Membership) then
9283 Error_Msg_CRT
9284 ("dynamic membership test on interface types", N);
9285 return Empty;
9286 end if;
9288 return
9289 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
9290 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (RE_IW_Membership), Loc),
9291 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
9292 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9293 Prefix => Obj_Tag,
9294 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
9295 New_Reference_To (
9296 Node (First_Elmt
9297 (Access_Disp_Table (Root_Type (Right_Type)))),
9298 Loc)));
9300 -- Ada 95: Normal case
9302 else
9303 return
9304 Build_CW_Membership (Loc,
9305 Obj_Tag_Node => Obj_Tag,
9306 Typ_Tag_Node =>
9307 New_Reference_To (
9308 Node (First_Elmt
9309 (Access_Disp_Table (Root_Type (Right_Type)))),
9310 Loc));
9311 end if;
9313 -- Right_Type is not a class-wide type
9315 else
9316 -- No need to check the tag of the object if Right_Typ is abstract
9318 if Is_Abstract_Type (Right_Type) then
9319 return New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc);
9321 else
9322 return
9323 Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
9324 Left_Opnd => Obj_Tag,
9325 Right_Opnd =>
9326 New_Reference_To
9327 (Node (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (Right_Type))), Loc));
9328 end if;
9329 end if;
9330 end Tagged_Membership;
9332 ------------------------------
9333 -- Unary_Op_Validity_Checks --
9334 ------------------------------
9336 procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id) is
9337 begin
9338 if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
9339 Ensure_Valid (Right_Opnd (N));
9340 end if;
9341 end Unary_Op_Validity_Checks;
9343 end Exp_Ch4;